gnu: guile-ncurses: Mask test failure with ncurses 6.0.
[jackhill/guix/guix.git] / doc / guix.texi
... / ...
CommitLineData
1\input texinfo
2@c -*-texinfo-*-
3
4@c %**start of header
5@setfilename guix.info
6@documentencoding UTF-8
7@settitle GNU Guix Reference Manual
8@c %**end of header
9
10@include version.texi
11
12@copying
13Copyright @copyright{} 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 Ludovic Courtès@*
14Copyright @copyright{} 2013, 2014 Andreas Enge@*
15Copyright @copyright{} 2013 Nikita Karetnikov@*
16Copyright @copyright{} 2015 Mathieu Lirzin@*
17Copyright @copyright{} 2014 Pierre-Antoine Rault@*
18Copyright @copyright{} 2015 Taylan Ulrich Bayırlı/Kammer
19
20Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
21under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
22any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
23Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A
24copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
25Documentation License''.
26@end copying
27
28@dircategory Package management
29@direntry
30* guix: (guix). Guix, the functional package manager.
31* guix package: (guix)Invoking guix package
32 Managing packages with Guix.
33* guix build: (guix)Invoking guix build
34 Building packages with Guix.
35* guix system: (guix)Invoking guix system
36 Managing the operating system configuration.
37@end direntry
38
39@dircategory Software development
40@direntry
41* guix environment: (guix)Invoking guix environment
42 Building development environments with Guix.
43@end direntry
44
45@titlepage
46@title GNU Guix Reference Manual
47@subtitle Using the GNU Guix Functional Package Manager
48@author The GNU Guix Developers
49
50@page
51@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
52Edition @value{EDITION} @*
53@value{UPDATED} @*
54
55@insertcopying
56@end titlepage
57
58@contents
59
60@c *********************************************************************
61@node Top
62@top GNU Guix
63
64This document describes GNU Guix version @value{VERSION}, a functional
65package management tool written for the GNU system.
66
67@menu
68* Introduction:: What is Guix about?
69* Installation:: Installing Guix.
70* Package Management:: Package installation, upgrade, etc.
71* Emacs Interface:: Using Guix from Emacs.
72* Programming Interface:: Using Guix in Scheme.
73* Utilities:: Package management commands.
74* GNU Distribution:: Software for your friendly GNU system.
75* Contributing:: Your help needed!
76
77* Acknowledgments:: Thanks!
78* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license of this manual.
79* Concept Index:: Concepts.
80* Programming Index:: Data types, functions, and variables.
81
82@detailmenu
83 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
84
85Installation
86
87* Binary Installation:: Getting Guix running in no time!
88* Requirements:: Software needed to build and run Guix.
89* Running the Test Suite:: Testing Guix.
90* Setting Up the Daemon:: Preparing the build daemon's environment.
91* Invoking guix-daemon:: Running the build daemon.
92* Application Setup:: Application-specific setup.
93
94Setting Up the Daemon
95
96* Build Environment Setup:: Preparing the isolated build environment.
97* Daemon Offload Setup:: Offloading builds to remote machines.
98
99Package Management
100
101* Features:: How Guix will make your life brighter.
102* Invoking guix package:: Package installation, removal, etc.
103* Substitutes:: Downloading pre-built binaries.
104* Packages with Multiple Outputs:: Single source package, multiple outputs.
105* Invoking guix gc:: Running the garbage collector.
106* Invoking guix pull:: Fetching the latest Guix and distribution.
107* Invoking guix archive:: Exporting and importing store files.
108
109Emacs Interface
110
111* Initial Setup: Emacs Initial Setup. Preparing @file{~/.emacs}.
112* Package Management: Emacs Package Management. Managing packages and generations.
113* Popup Interface: Emacs Popup Interface. Magit-like interface for guix commands.
114* Prettify Mode: Emacs Prettify. Abbreviating @file{/gnu/store/@dots{}} file names.
115* Build Log Mode: Emacs Build Log. Highlighting Guix build logs.
116* Completions: Emacs Completions. Completing @command{guix} shell command.
117* Development: Emacs Development. Tools for Guix developers.
118
119Programming Interface
120
121* Defining Packages:: Defining new packages.
122* Build Systems:: Specifying how packages are built.
123* The Store:: Manipulating the package store.
124* Derivations:: Low-level interface to package derivations.
125* The Store Monad:: Purely functional interface to the store.
126* G-Expressions:: Manipulating build expressions.
127
128Defining Packages
129
130* package Reference:: The package data type.
131* origin Reference:: The origin data type.
132
133Utilities
134
135* Invoking guix build:: Building packages from the command line.
136* Invoking guix edit:: Editing package definitions.
137* Invoking guix download:: Downloading a file and printing its hash.
138* Invoking guix hash:: Computing the cryptographic hash of a file.
139* Invoking guix import:: Importing package definitions.
140* Invoking guix refresh:: Updating package definitions.
141* Invoking guix lint:: Finding errors in package definitions.
142* Invoking guix size:: Profiling disk usage.
143* Invoking guix graph:: Visualizing the graph of packages.
144* Invoking guix environment:: Setting up development environments.
145* Invoking guix publish:: Sharing substitutes.
146* Invoking guix challenge:: Challenging substitute servers.
147* Invoking guix container:: Process isolation.
148
149GNU Distribution
150
151* System Installation:: Installing the whole operating system.
152* System Configuration:: Configuring the operating system.
153* Installing Debugging Files:: Feeding the debugger.
154* Security Updates:: Deploying security fixes quickly.
155* Package Modules:: Packages from the programmer's viewpoint.
156* Packaging Guidelines:: Growing the distribution.
157* Bootstrapping:: GNU/Linux built from scratch.
158* Porting:: Targeting another platform or kernel.
159
160System Configuration
161
162* Using the Configuration System:: Customizing your GNU system.
163* operating-system Reference:: Detail of operating-system declarations.
164* File Systems:: Configuring file system mounts.
165* Mapped Devices:: Block device extra processing.
166* User Accounts:: Specifying user accounts.
167* Locales:: Language and cultural convention settings.
168* Services:: Specifying system services.
169* Setuid Programs:: Programs running with root privileges.
170* X.509 Certificates:: Authenticating HTTPS servers.
171* Name Service Switch:: Configuring libc's name service switch.
172* Initial RAM Disk:: Linux-Libre bootstrapping.
173* GRUB Configuration:: Configuring the boot loader.
174* Invoking guix system:: Instantiating a system configuration.
175* Defining Services:: Adding new service definitions.
176
177Services
178
179* Base Services:: Essential system services.
180* Networking Services:: Network setup, SSH daemon, etc.
181* X Window:: Graphical display.
182* Desktop Services:: D-Bus and desktop services.
183* Database Services:: SQL databases.
184* Web Services:: Web servers.
185* Various Services:: Other services.
186
187Defining Services
188
189* Service Composition:: The model for composing services.
190* Service Types and Services:: Types and services.
191* Service Reference:: API reference.
192* dmd Services:: A particular type of service.
193
194Packaging Guidelines
195
196* Software Freedom:: What may go into the distribution.
197* Package Naming:: What's in a name?
198* Version Numbers:: When the name is not enough.
199* Synopses and Descriptions:: Helping users find the right package.
200* Python Modules:: Taming the snake.
201* Perl Modules:: Little pearls.
202* Fonts:: Fond of fonts.
203
204Contributing
205
206* Building from Git:: The latest and greatest.
207* Running Guix Before It Is Installed:: Hacker tricks.
208* The Perfect Setup:: The right tools.
209* Coding Style:: Hygiene of the contributor.
210* Submitting Patches:: Share your work.
211
212Coding Style
213
214* Programming Paradigm:: How to compose your elements.
215* Modules:: Where to store your code?
216* Data Types and Pattern Matching:: Implementing data structures.
217* Formatting Code:: Writing conventions.
218
219@end detailmenu
220@end menu
221
222@c *********************************************************************
223@node Introduction
224@chapter Introduction
225
226GNU Guix@footnote{``Guix'' is pronounced like ``geeks'', or ``ɡiːks''
227using the international phonetic alphabet (IPA).} is a functional
228package management tool for the GNU system. Package management consists
229of all activities that relate to building packages from sources,
230honoring their build-time and run-time dependencies,
231installing packages in user environments, upgrading installed packages
232to new versions or rolling back to a previous set, removing unused
233software packages, etc.
234
235@cindex functional package management
236The term @dfn{functional} refers to a specific package management
237discipline pioneered by Nix (@pxref{Acknowledgments}).
238In Guix, the package build and installation process is seen
239as a function, in the mathematical sense. That function takes inputs,
240such as build scripts, a compiler, and libraries, and
241returns an installed package. As a pure function, its result depends
242solely on its inputs---for instance, it cannot refer to software or
243scripts that were not explicitly passed as inputs. A build function
244always produces the same result when passed a given set of inputs. It
245cannot alter the system's environment in
246any way; for instance, it cannot create, modify, or delete files outside
247of its build and installation directories. This is achieved by running
248build processes in isolated environments (or @dfn{containers}), where only their
249explicit inputs are visible.
250
251@cindex store
252The result of package build functions is @dfn{cached} in the file
253system, in a special directory called @dfn{the store} (@pxref{The
254Store}). Each package is installed in a directory of its own, in the
255store---by default under @file{/gnu/store}. The directory name contains
256a hash of all the inputs used to build that package; thus, changing an
257input yields a different directory name.
258
259This approach is the foundation of Guix's salient features: support for
260transactional package upgrade and rollback, per-user installation, and
261garbage collection of packages (@pxref{Features}).
262
263Guix has a command-line interface, which allows users to build, install,
264upgrade, and remove packages, as well as a Scheme programming interface.
265
266@cindex Guix System Distribution
267@cindex GuixSD
268Last but not least, Guix is used to build a distribution of the GNU
269system, with many GNU and non-GNU free software packages. The Guix
270System Distribution, or GNU@tie{}GuixSD, takes advantage of the core
271properties of Guix at the system level. With GuixSD, users
272@emph{declare} all aspects of the operating system configuration, and
273Guix takes care of instantiating that configuration in a reproducible,
274stateless fashion. @xref{GNU Distribution}.
275
276@c *********************************************************************
277@node Installation
278@chapter Installation
279
280GNU Guix is available for download from its website at
281@url{http://www.gnu.org/software/guix/}. This section describes the
282software requirements of Guix, as well as how to install it and get
283ready to use it.
284
285Note that this section is concerned with the installation of the package
286manager, which can be done on top of a running GNU/Linux system. If,
287instead, you want to install the complete GNU operating system,
288@pxref{System Installation}.
289
290@menu
291* Binary Installation:: Getting Guix running in no time!
292* Requirements:: Software needed to build and run Guix.
293* Running the Test Suite:: Testing Guix.
294* Setting Up the Daemon:: Preparing the build daemon's environment.
295* Invoking guix-daemon:: Running the build daemon.
296* Application Setup:: Application-specific setup.
297@end menu
298
299@node Binary Installation
300@section Binary Installation
301
302This section describes how to install Guix on an arbitrary system from a
303self-contained tarball providing binaries for Guix and for all its
304dependencies. This is often quicker than installing from source, which
305is described in the next sections. The only requirement is to have
306GNU@tie{}tar and Xz.
307
308Installing goes along these lines:
309
310@enumerate
311@item
312Download the binary tarball from
313@indicateurl{ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/guix/guix-binary-@value{VERSION}.@var{system}.tar.xz}@footnote{As
314usual, make sure to download the associated @file{.sig} file and to
315verify the authenticity of the tarball against it!}, where @var{system}
316is @code{x86_64-linux} for an @code{x86_64} machine already running the
317kernel Linux, and so on.
318
319@item
320As @code{root}, run:
321
322@example
323# cd /tmp
324# tar --warning=no-timestamp -xf \
325 guix-binary-@value{VERSION}.@var{system}.tar.xz
326# mv var/guix /var/ && mv gnu /
327@end example
328
329This creates @file{/gnu/store} (@pxref{The Store}) and @file{/var/guix}.
330The latter contains a ready-to-use profile for @code{root} (see next
331step.)
332
333Do @emph{not} unpack the tarball on a working Guix system since that
334would overwrite its own essential files.
335
336The @code{--warning=no-timestamp} option makes sure GNU@tie{}tar does
337not emit warnings about ``implausibly old time stamps'' (such
338warnings were triggered by GNU@tie{}tar 1.26 and older; recent
339versions are fine.)
340They stem from the fact that all the
341files in the archive have their modification time set to zero (which
342means January 1st, 1970.) This is done on purpose to make sure the
343archive content is independent of its creation time, thus making it
344reproducible.
345
346@item
347Make @code{root}'s profile available under @file{~/.guix-profile}:
348
349@example
350# ln -sf /var/guix/profiles/per-user/root/guix-profile \
351 ~root/.guix-profile
352@end example
353
354@item
355Create the group and user accounts for build users as explained below
356(@pxref{Build Environment Setup}).
357
358@item
359Run the daemon:
360
361@example
362# ~root/.guix-profile/bin/guix-daemon --build-users-group=guixbuild
363@end example
364
365On hosts using the systemd init system, drop
366@file{~root/.guix-profile/lib/systemd/system/guix-daemon.service} in
367@file{/etc/systemd/system}.
368
369@item
370Make the @command{guix} command available to other users on the machine,
371for instance with:
372
373@example
374# mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
375# cd /usr/local/bin
376# ln -s /var/guix/profiles/per-user/root/guix-profile/bin/guix
377@end example
378
379@item
380To use substitutes from @code{hydra.gnu.org} (@pxref{Substitutes}),
381authorize them:
382
383@example
384# guix archive --authorize < ~root/.guix-profile/share/guix/hydra.gnu.org.pub
385@end example
386@end enumerate
387
388And that's it! For additional tips and tricks, @pxref{Application
389Setup}.
390
391The @code{guix} package must remain available in @code{root}'s
392profile, or it would become subject to garbage collection---in which
393case you would find yourself badly handicapped by the lack of the
394@command{guix} command.
395
396The tarball in question can be (re)produced and verified simply by
397running the following command in the Guix source tree:
398
399@example
400make guix-binary.@var{system}.tar.xz
401@end example
402
403
404@node Requirements
405@section Requirements
406
407This section lists requirements when building Guix from source. The
408build procedure for Guix is the same as for other GNU software, and is
409not covered here. Please see the files @file{README} and @file{INSTALL}
410in the Guix source tree for additional details.
411
412GNU Guix depends on the following packages:
413
414@itemize
415@item @url{http://gnu.org/software/guile/, GNU Guile}, version 2.0.7 or later;
416@item @url{http://gnupg.org/, GNU libgcrypt};
417@item @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/make/, GNU Make}.
418@end itemize
419
420The following dependencies are optional:
421
422@itemize
423@item
424Installing
425@url{http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/guile-json/, Guile-JSON} will
426allow you to use the @command{guix import pypi} command (@pxref{Invoking
427guix import}). It is of
428interest primarily for developers and not for casual users.
429@item
430Installing @uref{http://gnutls.org/, GnuTLS-Guile} will
431allow you to access @code{https} URLs with the @command{guix download}
432command (@pxref{Invoking guix download}), the @command{guix import pypi}
433command, and the @command{guix import cpan} command. This is primarily
434of interest to developers. @xref{Guile Preparations, how to install the
435GnuTLS bindings for Guile,, gnutls-guile, GnuTLS-Guile}.
436@end itemize
437
438Unless @code{--disable-daemon} was passed to @command{configure}, the
439following packages are also needed:
440
441@itemize
442@item @url{http://sqlite.org, SQLite 3};
443@item @url{http://www.bzip.org, libbz2};
444@item @url{http://gcc.gnu.org, GCC's g++}, with support for the
445C++11 standard.
446@end itemize
447
448When a working installation of @url{http://nixos.org/nix/, the Nix package
449manager} is available, you
450can instead configure Guix with @code{--disable-daemon}. In that case,
451Nix replaces the three dependencies above.
452
453Guix is compatible with Nix, so it is possible to share the same store
454between both. To do so, you must pass @command{configure} not only the
455same @code{--with-store-dir} value, but also the same
456@code{--localstatedir} value. The latter is essential because it
457specifies where the database that stores metadata about the store is
458located, among other things. The default values for Nix are
459@code{--with-store-dir=/nix/store} and @code{--localstatedir=/nix/var}.
460Note that @code{--disable-daemon} is not required if
461your goal is to share the store with Nix.
462
463@node Running the Test Suite
464@section Running the Test Suite
465
466After a successful @command{configure} and @code{make} run, it is a good
467idea to run the test suite. It can help catch issues with the setup or
468environment, or bugs in Guix itself---and really, reporting test
469failures is a good way to help improve the software. To run the test
470suite, type:
471
472@example
473make check
474@end example
475
476Test cases can run in parallel: you can use the @code{-j} option of
477GNU@tie{}make to speed things up. The first run may take a few minutes
478on a recent machine; subsequent runs will be faster because the store
479that is created for test purposes will already have various things in
480cache.
481
482Upon failure, please email @email{bug-guix@@gnu.org} and attach the
483@file{test-suite.log} file. When @file{tests/@var{something}.scm}
484fails, please also attach the @file{@var{something}.log} file available
485in the top-level build directory. Please specify the Guix version being
486used as well as version numbers of the dependencies
487(@pxref{Requirements}) in your message.
488
489@node Setting Up the Daemon
490@section Setting Up the Daemon
491
492@cindex daemon
493Operations such as building a package or running the garbage collector
494are all performed by a specialized process, the @dfn{build daemon}, on
495behalf of clients. Only the daemon may access the store and its
496associated database. Thus, any operation that manipulates the store
497goes through the daemon. For instance, command-line tools such as
498@command{guix package} and @command{guix build} communicate with the
499daemon (@i{via} remote procedure calls) to instruct it what to do.
500
501The following sections explain how to prepare the build daemon's
502environment. Also @ref{Substitutes}, for information on how to allow
503the daemon to download pre-built binaries.
504
505@menu
506* Build Environment Setup:: Preparing the isolated build environment.
507* Daemon Offload Setup:: Offloading builds to remote machines.
508@end menu
509
510@node Build Environment Setup
511@subsection Build Environment Setup
512
513In a standard multi-user setup, Guix and its daemon---the
514@command{guix-daemon} program---are installed by the system
515administrator; @file{/gnu/store} is owned by @code{root} and
516@command{guix-daemon} runs as @code{root}. Unprivileged users may use
517Guix tools to build packages or otherwise access the store, and the
518daemon will do it on their behalf, ensuring that the store is kept in a
519consistent state, and allowing built packages to be shared among users.
520
521@cindex build users
522When @command{guix-daemon} runs as @code{root}, you may not want package
523build processes themselves to run as @code{root} too, for obvious
524security reasons. To avoid that, a special pool of @dfn{build users}
525should be created for use by build processes started by the daemon.
526These build users need not have a shell and a home directory: they will
527just be used when the daemon drops @code{root} privileges in build
528processes. Having several such users allows the daemon to launch
529distinct build processes under separate UIDs, which guarantees that they
530do not interfere with each other---an essential feature since builds are
531regarded as pure functions (@pxref{Introduction}).
532
533On a GNU/Linux system, a build user pool may be created like this (using
534Bash syntax and the @code{shadow} commands):
535
536@c See http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-guix/2013-01/msg00239.html
537@c for why `-G' is needed.
538@example
539# groupadd --system guixbuild
540# for i in `seq -w 1 10`;
541 do
542 useradd -g guixbuild -G guixbuild \
543 -d /var/empty -s `which nologin` \
544 -c "Guix build user $i" --system \
545 guixbuilder$i;
546 done
547@end example
548
549@noindent
550The number of build users determines how many build jobs may run in
551parallel, as specified by the @option{--max-jobs} option
552(@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon, @option{--max-jobs}}). The
553@code{guix-daemon} program may then be run as @code{root} with the
554following command@footnote{If your machine uses the systemd init system,
555dropping the @file{@var{prefix}/lib/systemd/system/guix-daemon.service}
556file in @file{/etc/systemd/system} will ensure that
557@command{guix-daemon} is automatically started.}:
558
559@example
560# guix-daemon --build-users-group=guixbuild
561@end example
562
563@cindex chroot
564@noindent
565This way, the daemon starts build processes in a chroot, under one of
566the @code{guixbuilder} users. On GNU/Linux, by default, the chroot
567environment contains nothing but:
568
569@c Keep this list in sync with libstore/build.cc! -----------------------
570@itemize
571@item
572a minimal @code{/dev} directory, created mostly independently from the
573host @code{/dev}@footnote{``Mostly'', because while the set of files
574that appear in the chroot's @code{/dev} is fixed, most of these files
575can only be created if the host has them.};
576
577@item
578the @code{/proc} directory; it only shows the container's processes
579since a separate PID name space is used;
580
581@item
582@file{/etc/passwd} with an entry for the current user and an entry for
583user @file{nobody};
584
585@item
586@file{/etc/group} with an entry for the user's group;
587
588@item
589@file{/etc/hosts} with an entry that maps @code{localhost} to
590@code{127.0.0.1};
591
592@item
593a writable @file{/tmp} directory.
594@end itemize
595
596If you are installing Guix as an unprivileged user, it is still possible
597to run @command{guix-daemon} provided you pass @code{--disable-chroot}.
598However, build processes will not be isolated from one another, and not
599from the rest of the system. Thus, build processes may interfere with
600each other, and may access programs, libraries, and other files
601available on the system---making it much harder to view them as
602@emph{pure} functions.
603
604
605@node Daemon Offload Setup
606@subsection Using the Offload Facility
607
608@cindex offloading
609@cindex build hook
610When desired, the build daemon can @dfn{offload}
611derivation builds to other machines
612running Guix, using the @code{offload} @dfn{build hook}. When that
613feature is enabled, a list of user-specified build machines is read from
614@file{/etc/guix/machines.scm}; anytime a build is requested, for
615instance via @code{guix build}, the daemon attempts to offload it to one
616of the machines that satisfies the derivation's constraints, in
617particular its system type---e.g., @file{x86_64-linux}. Missing
618prerequisites for the build are copied over SSH to the target machine,
619which then proceeds with the build; upon success the output(s) of the
620build are copied back to the initial machine.
621
622The @file{/etc/guix/machines.scm} file typically looks like this:
623
624@example
625(list (build-machine
626 (name "eightysix.example.org")
627 (system "x86_64-linux")
628 (user "bob")
629 (speed 2.)) ; incredibly fast!
630
631 (build-machine
632 (name "meeps.example.org")
633 (system "mips64el-linux")
634 (user "alice")
635 (private-key
636 (string-append (getenv "HOME")
637 "/.lsh/identity-for-guix"))))
638@end example
639
640@noindent
641In the example above we specify a list of two build machines, one for
642the @code{x86_64} architecture and one for the @code{mips64el}
643architecture.
644
645In fact, this file is---not surprisingly!---a Scheme file that is
646evaluated when the @code{offload} hook is started. Its return value
647must be a list of @code{build-machine} objects. While this example
648shows a fixed list of build machines, one could imagine, say, using
649DNS-SD to return a list of potential build machines discovered in the
650local network (@pxref{Introduction, Guile-Avahi,, guile-avahi, Using
651Avahi in Guile Scheme Programs}). The @code{build-machine} data type is
652detailed below.
653
654@deftp {Data Type} build-machine
655This data type represents build machines the daemon may offload builds
656to. The important fields are:
657
658@table @code
659
660@item name
661The remote machine's host name.
662
663@item system
664The remote machine's system type---e.g., @code{"x86_64-linux"}.
665
666@item user
667The user account to use when connecting to the remote machine over SSH.
668Note that the SSH key pair must @emph{not} be passphrase-protected, to
669allow non-interactive logins.
670
671@end table
672
673A number of optional fields may be specified:
674
675@table @code
676
677@item port
678Port number of the machine's SSH server (default: 22).
679
680@item private-key
681The SSH private key file to use when connecting to the machine.
682
683Currently offloading uses GNU@tie{}lsh as its SSH client
684(@pxref{Invoking lsh,,, GNU lsh Manual}). Thus, the key file here must
685be an lsh key file. This may change in the future, though.
686
687@item parallel-builds
688The number of builds that may run in parallel on the machine (1 by
689default.)
690
691@item speed
692A ``relative speed factor''. The offload scheduler will tend to prefer
693machines with a higher speed factor.
694
695@item features
696A list of strings denoting specific features supported by the machine.
697An example is @code{"kvm"} for machines that have the KVM Linux modules
698and corresponding hardware support. Derivations can request features by
699name, and they will be scheduled on matching build machines.
700
701@end table
702@end deftp
703
704The @code{guix} command must be in the search path on the build
705machines, since offloading works by invoking the @code{guix archive} and
706@code{guix build} commands. In addition, the Guix modules must be in
707@code{$GUILE_LOAD_PATH} on the build machine---you can check whether
708this is the case by running:
709
710@example
711lsh build-machine guile -c '(use-modules (guix config))'
712@end example
713
714There's one last thing to do once @file{machines.scm} is in place. As
715explained above, when offloading, files are transferred back and forth
716between the machine stores. For this to work, you first need to
717generate a key pair on each machine to allow the daemon to export signed
718archives of files from the store (@pxref{Invoking guix archive}):
719
720@example
721# guix archive --generate-key
722@end example
723
724@noindent
725Each build machine must authorize the key of the master machine so that
726it accepts store items it receives from the master:
727
728@example
729# guix archive --authorize < master-public-key.txt
730@end example
731
732@noindent
733Likewise, the master machine must authorize the key of each build machine.
734
735All the fuss with keys is here to express pairwise mutual trust
736relations between the master and the build machines. Concretely, when
737the master receives files from a build machine (and @i{vice versa}), its
738build daemon can make sure they are genuine, have not been tampered
739with, and that they are signed by an authorized key.
740
741
742@node Invoking guix-daemon
743@section Invoking @command{guix-daemon}
744
745The @command{guix-daemon} program implements all the functionality to
746access the store. This includes launching build processes, running the
747garbage collector, querying the availability of a build result, etc. It
748is normally run as @code{root} like this:
749
750@example
751# guix-daemon --build-users-group=guixbuild
752@end example
753
754@noindent
755For details on how to set it up, @pxref{Setting Up the Daemon}.
756
757@cindex chroot
758@cindex container, build environment
759@cindex build environment
760@cindex reproducible builds
761By default, @command{guix-daemon} launches build processes under
762different UIDs, taken from the build group specified with
763@code{--build-users-group}. In addition, each build process is run in a
764chroot environment that only contains the subset of the store that the
765build process depends on, as specified by its derivation
766(@pxref{Programming Interface, derivation}), plus a set of specific
767system directories. By default, the latter contains @file{/dev} and
768@file{/dev/pts}. Furthermore, on GNU/Linux, the build environment is a
769@dfn{container}: in addition to having its own file system tree, it has
770a separate mount name space, its own PID name space, network name space,
771etc. This helps achieve reproducible builds (@pxref{Features}).
772
773When the daemon performs a build on behalf of the user, it creates a
774build directory under @file{/tmp} or under the directory specified by
775its @code{TMPDIR} environment variable; this directory is shared with
776the container for the duration of the build. Be aware that using a
777directory other than @file{/tmp} can affect build results---for example,
778with a longer directory name, a build process that uses Unix-domain
779sockets might hit the name length limitation for @code{sun_path}, which
780it would otherwise not hit.
781
782The build directory is automatically deleted upon completion, unless the
783build failed and the client specified @option{--keep-failed}
784(@pxref{Invoking guix build, @option{--keep-failed}}).
785
786The following command-line options are supported:
787
788@table @code
789@item --build-users-group=@var{group}
790Take users from @var{group} to run build processes (@pxref{Setting Up
791the Daemon, build users}).
792
793@item --no-substitutes
794@cindex substitutes
795Do not use substitutes for build products. That is, always build things
796locally instead of allowing downloads of pre-built binaries
797(@pxref{Substitutes}).
798
799By default substitutes are used, unless the client---such as the
800@command{guix package} command---is explicitly invoked with
801@code{--no-substitutes}.
802
803When the daemon runs with @code{--no-substitutes}, clients can still
804explicitly enable substitution @i{via} the @code{set-build-options}
805remote procedure call (@pxref{The Store}).
806
807@item --substitute-urls=@var{urls}
808@anchor{daemon-substitute-urls}
809Consider @var{urls} the default whitespace-separated list of substitute
810source URLs. When this option is omitted, @indicateurl{http://hydra.gnu.org}
811is used.
812
813This means that substitutes may be downloaded from @var{urls}, as long
814as they are signed by a trusted signature (@pxref{Substitutes}).
815
816@cindex build hook
817@item --no-build-hook
818Do not use the @dfn{build hook}.
819
820The build hook is a helper program that the daemon can start and to
821which it submits build requests. This mechanism is used to offload
822builds to other machines (@pxref{Daemon Offload Setup}).
823
824@item --cache-failures
825Cache build failures. By default, only successful builds are cached.
826
827When this option is used, @command{guix gc --list-failures} can be used
828to query the set of store items marked as failed; @command{guix gc
829--clear-failures} removes store items from the set of cached failures.
830@xref{Invoking guix gc}.
831
832@item --cores=@var{n}
833@itemx -c @var{n}
834Use @var{n} CPU cores to build each derivation; @code{0} means as many
835as available.
836
837The default value is @code{0}, but it may be overridden by clients, such
838as the @code{--cores} option of @command{guix build} (@pxref{Invoking
839guix build}).
840
841The effect is to define the @code{NIX_BUILD_CORES} environment variable
842in the build process, which can then use it to exploit internal
843parallelism---for instance, by running @code{make -j$NIX_BUILD_CORES}.
844
845@item --max-jobs=@var{n}
846@itemx -M @var{n}
847Allow at most @var{n} build jobs in parallel. The default value is
848@code{1}. Setting it to @code{0} means that no builds will be performed
849locally; instead, the daemon will offload builds (@pxref{Daemon Offload
850Setup}), or simply fail.
851
852@item --debug
853Produce debugging output.
854
855This is useful to debug daemon start-up issues, but then it may be
856overridden by clients, for example the @code{--verbosity} option of
857@command{guix build} (@pxref{Invoking guix build}).
858
859@item --chroot-directory=@var{dir}
860Add @var{dir} to the build chroot.
861
862Doing this may change the result of build processes---for instance if
863they use optional dependencies found in @var{dir} when it is available,
864and not otherwise. For that reason, it is not recommended to do so.
865Instead, make sure that each derivation declares all the inputs that it
866needs.
867
868@item --disable-chroot
869Disable chroot builds.
870
871Using this option is not recommended since, again, it would allow build
872processes to gain access to undeclared dependencies. It is necessary,
873though, when @command{guix-daemon} is running under an unprivileged user
874account.
875
876@item --disable-log-compression
877Disable compression of the build logs.
878
879Unless @code{--lose-logs} is used, all the build logs are kept in the
880@var{localstatedir}. To save space, the daemon automatically compresses
881them with bzip2 by default. This option disables that.
882
883@item --disable-deduplication
884@cindex deduplication
885Disable automatic file ``deduplication'' in the store.
886
887By default, files added to the store are automatically ``deduplicated'':
888if a newly added file is identical to another one found in the store,
889the daemon makes the new file a hard link to the other file. This can
890noticeably reduce disk usage, at the expense of slightly increased
891input/output load at the end of a build process. This option disables
892this optimization.
893
894@item --gc-keep-outputs[=yes|no]
895Tell whether the garbage collector (GC) must keep outputs of live
896derivations.
897
898When set to ``yes'', the GC will keep the outputs of any live derivation
899available in the store---the @code{.drv} files. The default is ``no'',
900meaning that derivation outputs are kept only if they are GC roots.
901
902@item --gc-keep-derivations[=yes|no]
903Tell whether the garbage collector (GC) must keep derivations
904corresponding to live outputs.
905
906When set to ``yes'', as is the case by default, the GC keeps
907derivations---i.e., @code{.drv} files---as long as at least one of their
908outputs is live. This allows users to keep track of the origins of
909items in their store. Setting it to ``no'' saves a bit of disk space.
910
911Note that when both @code{--gc-keep-derivations} and
912@code{--gc-keep-outputs} are used, the effect is to keep all the build
913prerequisites (the sources, compiler, libraries, and other build-time
914tools) of live objects in the store, regardless of whether these
915prerequisites are live. This is convenient for developers since it
916saves rebuilds or downloads.
917
918@item --impersonate-linux-2.6
919On Linux-based systems, impersonate Linux 2.6. This means that the
920kernel's @code{uname} system call will report 2.6 as the release number.
921
922This might be helpful to build programs that (usually wrongfully) depend
923on the kernel version number.
924
925@item --lose-logs
926Do not keep build logs. By default they are kept under
927@code{@var{localstatedir}/guix/log}.
928
929@item --system=@var{system}
930Assume @var{system} as the current system type. By default it is the
931architecture/kernel pair found at configure time, such as
932@code{x86_64-linux}.
933
934@item --listen=@var{socket}
935Listen for connections on @var{socket}, the file name of a Unix-domain
936socket. The default socket is
937@file{@var{localstatedir}/daemon-socket/socket}. This option is only
938useful in exceptional circumstances, such as if you need to run several
939daemons on the same machine.
940@end table
941
942
943@node Application Setup
944@section Application Setup
945
946When using Guix on top of GNU/Linux distribution other than GuixSD---a
947so-called @dfn{foreign distro}---a few additional steps are needed to
948get everything in place. Here are some of them.
949
950@subsection Locales
951
952@anchor{locales-and-locpath}
953@cindex locales, when not on GuixSD
954@vindex LOCPATH
955@vindex GUIX_LOCPATH
956Packages installed @i{via} Guix will not use the host system's locale
957data. Instead, you must first install one of the locale packages
958available with Guix and then define the @code{GUIX_LOCPATH} environment
959variable:
960
961@example
962$ guix package -i glibc-locales
963$ export GUIX_LOCPATH=$HOME/.guix-profile/lib/locale
964@end example
965
966Note that the @code{glibc-locales} package contains data for all the
967locales supported by the GNU@tie{}libc and weighs in at around
968110@tie{}MiB. Alternately, the @code{glibc-utf8-locales} is smaller but
969limited to a few UTF-8 locales.
970
971The @code{GUIX_LOCPATH} variable plays a role similar to @code{LOCPATH}
972(@pxref{Locale Names, @code{LOCPATH},, libc, The GNU C Library Reference
973Manual}). There are two important differences though:
974
975@enumerate
976@item
977@code{GUIX_LOCPATH} is honored only by Guix's libc, and not by the libc
978provided by foreign distros. Thus, using @code{GUIX_LOCPATH} allows you
979to make sure the the foreign distro's programs will not end up loading
980incompatible locale data.
981
982@item
983libc suffixes each entry of @code{GUIX_LOCPATH} with @code{/X.Y}, where
984@code{X.Y} is the libc version---e.g., @code{2.22}. This means that,
985should your Guix profile contain a mixture of programs linked against
986different libc version, each libc version will only try to load locale
987data in the right format.
988@end enumerate
989
990This is important because the locale data format used by different libc
991versions may be incompatible.
992
993@subsection X11 Fonts
994
995The majority of graphical applications use Fontconfig to locate and
996load fonts and perform X11-client-side rendering. Guix's
997@code{fontconfig} package looks for fonts in @file{$HOME/.guix-profile}
998by default. Thus, to allow graphical applications installed with Guix
999to display fonts, you will have to install fonts with Guix as well.
1000Essential font packages include @code{gs-fonts}, @code{font-dejavu}, and
1001@code{font-gnu-freefont-ttf}.
1002
1003@c TODO What else?
1004
1005@c *********************************************************************
1006@node Package Management
1007@chapter Package Management
1008
1009The purpose of GNU Guix is to allow users to easily install, upgrade, and
1010remove software packages, without having to know about their build
1011procedure or dependencies. Guix also goes beyond this obvious set of
1012features.
1013
1014This chapter describes the main features of Guix, as well as the package
1015management tools it provides. Two user interfaces are provided for
1016routine package management tasks: A command-line interface described below
1017(@pxref{Invoking guix package, @code{guix package}}), as well as a visual user
1018interface in Emacs described in a subsequent chapter (@pxref{Emacs Interface}).
1019
1020@menu
1021* Features:: How Guix will make your life brighter.
1022* Invoking guix package:: Package installation, removal, etc.
1023* Substitutes:: Downloading pre-built binaries.
1024* Packages with Multiple Outputs:: Single source package, multiple outputs.
1025* Invoking guix gc:: Running the garbage collector.
1026* Invoking guix pull:: Fetching the latest Guix and distribution.
1027* Invoking guix archive:: Exporting and importing store files.
1028@end menu
1029
1030@node Features
1031@section Features
1032
1033When using Guix, each package ends up in the @dfn{package store}, in its
1034own directory---something that resembles
1035@file{/gnu/store/xxx-package-1.2}, where @code{xxx} is a base32 string
1036(note that Guix comes with an Emacs extension to shorten those file
1037names, @pxref{Emacs Prettify}.)
1038
1039Instead of referring to these directories, users have their own
1040@dfn{profile}, which points to the packages that they actually want to
1041use. These profiles are stored within each user's home directory, at
1042@code{$HOME/.guix-profile}.
1043
1044For example, @code{alice} installs GCC 4.7.2. As a result,
1045@file{/home/alice/.guix-profile/bin/gcc} points to
1046@file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-gcc-4.7.2/bin/gcc}. Now, on the same machine,
1047@code{bob} had already installed GCC 4.8.0. The profile of @code{bob}
1048simply continues to point to
1049@file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-gcc-4.8.0/bin/gcc}---i.e., both versions of GCC
1050coexist on the same system without any interference.
1051
1052The @command{guix package} command is the central tool to manage
1053packages (@pxref{Invoking guix package}). It operates on those per-user
1054profiles, and can be used @emph{with normal user privileges}.
1055
1056The command provides the obvious install, remove, and upgrade
1057operations. Each invocation is actually a @emph{transaction}: either
1058the specified operation succeeds, or nothing happens. Thus, if the
1059@command{guix package} process is terminated during the transaction,
1060or if a power outage occurs during the transaction, then the user's
1061profile remains in its previous state, and remains usable.
1062
1063In addition, any package transaction may be @emph{rolled back}. So, if,
1064for example, an upgrade installs a new version of a package that turns
1065out to have a serious bug, users may roll back to the previous instance
1066of their profile, which was known to work well. Similarly, the global
1067system configuration is subject to transactional upgrades and roll-back
1068(@pxref{Using the Configuration System}).
1069
1070All those packages in the package store may be @emph{garbage-collected}.
1071Guix can determine which packages are still referenced by the user
1072profiles, and remove those that are provably no longer referenced
1073(@pxref{Invoking guix gc}). Users may also explicitly remove old
1074generations of their profile so that the packages they refer to can be
1075collected.
1076
1077@cindex reproducibility
1078@cindex reproducible builds
1079Finally, Guix takes a @dfn{purely functional} approach to package
1080management, as described in the introduction (@pxref{Introduction}).
1081Each @file{/gnu/store} package directory name contains a hash of all the
1082inputs that were used to build that package---compiler, libraries, build
1083scripts, etc. This direct correspondence allows users to make sure a
1084given package installation matches the current state of their
1085distribution. It also helps maximize @dfn{build reproducibility}:
1086thanks to the isolated build environments that are used, a given build
1087is likely to yield bit-identical files when performed on different
1088machines (@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon, container}).
1089
1090@cindex substitutes
1091This foundation allows Guix to support @dfn{transparent binary/source
1092deployment}. When a pre-built binary for a @file{/gnu/store} item is
1093available from an external source---a @dfn{substitute}, Guix just
1094downloads it and unpacks it;
1095otherwise, it builds the package from source, locally
1096(@pxref{Substitutes}).
1097
1098Control over the build environment is a feature that is also useful for
1099developers. The @command{guix environment} command allows developers of
1100a package to quickly set up the right development environment for their
1101package, without having to manually install the package's dependencies
1102in their profile (@pxref{Invoking guix environment}).
1103
1104@node Invoking guix package
1105@section Invoking @command{guix package}
1106
1107The @command{guix package} command is the tool that allows users to
1108install, upgrade, and remove packages, as well as rolling back to
1109previous configurations. It operates only on the user's own profile,
1110and works with normal user privileges (@pxref{Features}). Its syntax
1111is:
1112
1113@example
1114guix package @var{options}
1115@end example
1116
1117Primarily, @var{options} specifies the operations to be performed during
1118the transaction. Upon completion, a new profile is created, but
1119previous @dfn{generations} of the profile remain available, should the user
1120want to roll back.
1121
1122For example, to remove @code{lua} and install @code{guile} and
1123@code{guile-cairo} in a single transaction:
1124
1125@example
1126guix package -r lua -i guile guile-cairo
1127@end example
1128
1129@command{guix package} also supports a @dfn{declarative approach}
1130whereby the user specifies the exact set of packages to be available and
1131passes it @i{via} the @option{--manifest} option
1132(@pxref{profile-manifest, @option{--manifest}}).
1133
1134For each user, a symlink to the user's default profile is automatically
1135created in @file{$HOME/.guix-profile}. This symlink always points to the
1136current generation of the user's default profile. Thus, users can add
1137@file{$HOME/.guix-profile/bin} to their @code{PATH} environment
1138variable, and so on.
1139@cindex search paths
1140If you are not using the Guix System Distribution, consider adding the
1141following lines to your @file{~/.bash_profile} (@pxref{Bash Startup
1142Files,,, bash, The GNU Bash Reference Manual}) so that newly-spawned
1143shells get all the right environment variable definitions:
1144
1145@example
1146GUIX_PROFILE="$HOME/.guix-profile" \
1147source "$HOME/.guix-profile/etc/profile"
1148@end example
1149
1150In a multi-user setup, user profiles are stored in a place registered as
1151a @dfn{garbage-collector root}, which @file{$HOME/.guix-profile} points
1152to (@pxref{Invoking guix gc}). That directory is normally
1153@code{@var{localstatedir}/profiles/per-user/@var{user}}, where
1154@var{localstatedir} is the value passed to @code{configure} as
1155@code{--localstatedir}, and @var{user} is the user name. The
1156@file{per-user} directory is created when @command{guix-daemon} is
1157started, and the @var{user} sub-directory is created by @command{guix
1158package}.
1159
1160The @var{options} can be among the following:
1161
1162@table @code
1163
1164@item --install=@var{package} @dots{}
1165@itemx -i @var{package} @dots{}
1166Install the specified @var{package}s.
1167
1168Each @var{package} may specify either a simple package name, such as
1169@code{guile}, or a package name followed by a hyphen and version number,
1170such as @code{guile-1.8.8} or simply @code{guile-1.8} (in the latter
1171case, the newest version prefixed by @code{1.8} is selected.)
1172
1173If no version number is specified, the
1174newest available version will be selected. In addition, @var{package}
1175may contain a colon, followed by the name of one of the outputs of the
1176package, as in @code{gcc:doc} or @code{binutils-2.22:lib}
1177(@pxref{Packages with Multiple Outputs}). Packages with a corresponding
1178name (and optionally version) are searched for among the GNU
1179distribution modules (@pxref{Package Modules}).
1180
1181@cindex propagated inputs
1182Sometimes packages have @dfn{propagated inputs}: these are dependencies
1183that automatically get installed along with the required package
1184(@pxref{package-propagated-inputs, @code{propagated-inputs} in
1185@code{package} objects}, for information about propagated inputs in
1186package definitions).
1187
1188@anchor{package-cmd-propagated-inputs}
1189An example is the GNU MPC library: its C header files refer to those of
1190the GNU MPFR library, which in turn refer to those of the GMP library.
1191Thus, when installing MPC, the MPFR and GMP libraries also get installed
1192in the profile; removing MPC also removes MPFR and GMP---unless they had
1193also been explicitly installed independently.
1194
1195Besides, packages sometimes rely on the definition of environment
1196variables for their search paths (see explanation of
1197@code{--search-paths} below). Any missing or possibly incorrect
1198environment variable definitions are reported here.
1199
1200@c XXX: keep me up-to-date
1201Finally, when installing a GNU package, the tool reports the
1202availability of a newer upstream version. In the future, it may provide
1203the option of installing directly from the upstream version, even if
1204that version is not yet in the distribution.
1205
1206@item --install-from-expression=@var{exp}
1207@itemx -e @var{exp}
1208Install the package @var{exp} evaluates to.
1209
1210@var{exp} must be a Scheme expression that evaluates to a
1211@code{<package>} object. This option is notably useful to disambiguate
1212between same-named variants of a package, with expressions such as
1213@code{(@@ (gnu packages base) guile-final)}.
1214
1215Note that this option installs the first output of the specified
1216package, which may be insufficient when needing a specific output of a
1217multiple-output package.
1218
1219@item --install-from-file=@var{file}
1220@itemx -f @var{file}
1221Install the package that the code within @var{file} evaluates to.
1222
1223As an example, @var{file} might contain a definition like this
1224(@pxref{Defining Packages}):
1225
1226@example
1227@verbatiminclude package-hello.scm
1228@end example
1229
1230Developers may find it useful to include such a @file{package.scm} file
1231in the root of their project's source tree that can be used to test
1232development snapshots and create reproducible development environments
1233(@pxref{Invoking guix environment}).
1234
1235@item --remove=@var{package} @dots{}
1236@itemx -r @var{package} @dots{}
1237Remove the specified @var{package}s.
1238
1239As for @code{--install}, each @var{package} may specify a version number
1240and/or output name in addition to the package name. For instance,
1241@code{-r glibc:debug} would remove the @code{debug} output of
1242@code{glibc}.
1243
1244@item --upgrade[=@var{regexp} @dots{}]
1245@itemx -u [@var{regexp} @dots{}]
1246Upgrade all the installed packages. If one or more @var{regexp}s are
1247specified, upgrade only installed packages whose name matches a
1248@var{regexp}. Also see the @code{--do-not-upgrade} option below.
1249
1250Note that this upgrades package to the latest version of packages found
1251in the distribution currently installed. To update your distribution,
1252you should regularly run @command{guix pull} (@pxref{Invoking guix
1253pull}).
1254
1255@item --do-not-upgrade[=@var{regexp} @dots{}]
1256When used together with the @code{--upgrade} option, do @emph{not}
1257upgrade any packages whose name matches a @var{regexp}. For example, to
1258upgrade all packages in the current profile except those containing the
1259substring ``emacs'':
1260
1261@example
1262$ guix package --upgrade . --do-not-upgrade emacs
1263@end example
1264
1265@item @anchor{profile-manifest}--manifest=@var{file}
1266@itemx -m @var{file}
1267@cindex profile declaration
1268@cindex profile manifest
1269Create a new generation of the profile from the manifest object
1270returned by the Scheme code in @var{file}.
1271
1272This allows you to @emph{declare} the profile's contents rather than
1273constructing it through a sequence of @code{--install} and similar
1274commands. The advantage is that @var{file} can be put under version
1275control, copied to different machines to reproduce the same profile, and
1276so on.
1277
1278@c FIXME: Add reference to (guix profile) documentation when available.
1279@var{file} must return a @dfn{manifest} object, which is roughly a list
1280of packages:
1281
1282@findex packages->manifest
1283@example
1284(use-package-modules guile emacs)
1285
1286(packages->manifest
1287 (list emacs
1288 guile-2.0
1289 ;; Use a specific package output.
1290 (list guile-2.0 "debug")))
1291@end example
1292
1293@item --roll-back
1294Roll back to the previous @dfn{generation} of the profile---i.e., undo
1295the last transaction.
1296
1297When combined with options such as @code{--install}, roll back occurs
1298before any other actions.
1299
1300When rolling back from the first generation that actually contains
1301installed packages, the profile is made to point to the @dfn{zeroth
1302generation}, which contains no files apart from its own meta-data.
1303
1304Installing, removing, or upgrading packages from a generation that has
1305been rolled back to overwrites previous future generations. Thus, the
1306history of a profile's generations is always linear.
1307
1308@item --switch-generation=@var{pattern}
1309@itemx -S @var{pattern}
1310Switch to a particular generation defined by @var{pattern}.
1311
1312@var{pattern} may be either a generation number or a number prefixed
1313with ``+'' or ``-''. The latter means: move forward/backward by a
1314specified number of generations. For example, if you want to return to
1315the latest generation after @code{--roll-back}, use
1316@code{--switch-generation=+1}.
1317
1318The difference between @code{--roll-back} and
1319@code{--switch-generation=-1} is that @code{--switch-generation} will
1320not make a zeroth generation, so if a specified generation does not
1321exist, the current generation will not be changed.
1322
1323@item --search-paths[=@var{kind}]
1324@cindex search paths
1325Report environment variable definitions, in Bash syntax, that may be
1326needed in order to use the set of installed packages. These environment
1327variables are used to specify @dfn{search paths} for files used by some
1328of the installed packages.
1329
1330For example, GCC needs the @code{CPATH} and @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
1331environment variables to be defined so it can look for headers and
1332libraries in the user's profile (@pxref{Environment Variables,,, gcc,
1333Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}). If GCC and, say, the C
1334library are installed in the profile, then @code{--search-paths} will
1335suggest setting these variables to @code{@var{profile}/include} and
1336@code{@var{profile}/lib}, respectively.
1337
1338The typical use case is to define these environment variables in the
1339shell:
1340
1341@example
1342$ eval `guix package --search-paths`
1343@end example
1344
1345@var{kind} may be one of @code{exact}, @code{prefix}, or @code{suffix},
1346meaning that the returned environment variable definitions will either
1347be exact settings, or prefixes or suffixes of the current value of these
1348variables. When omitted, @var{kind} defaults to @code{exact}.
1349
1350@item --profile=@var{profile}
1351@itemx -p @var{profile}
1352Use @var{profile} instead of the user's default profile.
1353
1354@item --verbose
1355Produce verbose output. In particular, emit the environment's build log
1356on the standard error port.
1357
1358@item --bootstrap
1359Use the bootstrap Guile to build the profile. This option is only
1360useful to distribution developers.
1361
1362@end table
1363
1364In addition to these actions @command{guix package} supports the
1365following options to query the current state of a profile, or the
1366availability of packages:
1367
1368@table @option
1369
1370@item --search=@var{regexp}
1371@itemx -s @var{regexp}
1372List the available packages whose name, synopsis, or description matches
1373@var{regexp}. Print all the meta-data of matching packages in
1374@code{recutils} format (@pxref{Top, GNU recutils databases,, recutils,
1375GNU recutils manual}).
1376
1377This allows specific fields to be extracted using the @command{recsel}
1378command, for instance:
1379
1380@example
1381$ guix package -s malloc | recsel -p name,version
1382name: glibc
1383version: 2.17
1384
1385name: libgc
1386version: 7.2alpha6
1387@end example
1388
1389Similarly, to show the name of all the packages available under the
1390terms of the GNU@tie{}LGPL version 3:
1391
1392@example
1393$ guix package -s "" | recsel -p name -e 'license ~ "LGPL 3"'
1394name: elfutils
1395
1396name: gmp
1397@dots{}
1398@end example
1399
1400@item --show=@var{package}
1401Show details about @var{package}, taken from the list of available packages, in
1402@code{recutils} format (@pxref{Top, GNU recutils databases,, recutils, GNU
1403recutils manual}).
1404
1405@example
1406$ guix package --show=python | recsel -p name,version
1407name: python
1408version: 2.7.6
1409
1410name: python
1411version: 3.3.5
1412@end example
1413
1414You may also specify the full name of a package to only get details about a
1415specific version of it:
1416@example
1417$ guix package --show=python-3.3.5 | recsel -p name,version
1418name: python
1419version: 3.3.5
1420@end example
1421
1422
1423
1424@item --list-installed[=@var{regexp}]
1425@itemx -I [@var{regexp}]
1426List the currently installed packages in the specified profile, with the
1427most recently installed packages shown last. When @var{regexp} is
1428specified, list only installed packages whose name matches @var{regexp}.
1429
1430For each installed package, print the following items, separated by
1431tabs: the package name, its version string, the part of the package that
1432is installed (for instance, @code{out} for the default output,
1433@code{include} for its headers, etc.), and the path of this package in
1434the store.
1435
1436@item --list-available[=@var{regexp}]
1437@itemx -A [@var{regexp}]
1438List packages currently available in the distribution for this system
1439(@pxref{GNU Distribution}). When @var{regexp} is specified, list only
1440installed packages whose name matches @var{regexp}.
1441
1442For each package, print the following items separated by tabs: its name,
1443its version string, the parts of the package (@pxref{Packages with
1444Multiple Outputs}), and the source location of its definition.
1445
1446@item --list-generations[=@var{pattern}]
1447@itemx -l [@var{pattern}]
1448Return a list of generations along with their creation dates; for each
1449generation, show the installed packages, with the most recently
1450installed packages shown last. Note that the zeroth generation is never
1451shown.
1452
1453For each installed package, print the following items, separated by
1454tabs: the name of a package, its version string, the part of the package
1455that is installed (@pxref{Packages with Multiple Outputs}), and the
1456location of this package in the store.
1457
1458When @var{pattern} is used, the command returns only matching
1459generations. Valid patterns include:
1460
1461@itemize
1462@item @emph{Integers and comma-separated integers}. Both patterns denote
1463generation numbers. For instance, @code{--list-generations=1} returns
1464the first one.
1465
1466And @code{--list-generations=1,8,2} outputs three generations in the
1467specified order. Neither spaces nor trailing commas are allowed.
1468
1469@item @emph{Ranges}. @code{--list-generations=2..9} prints the
1470specified generations and everything in between. Note that the start of
1471a range must be lesser than its end.
1472
1473It is also possible to omit the endpoint. For example,
1474@code{--list-generations=2..}, returns all generations starting from the
1475second one.
1476
1477@item @emph{Durations}. You can also get the last @emph{N}@tie{}days, weeks,
1478or months by passing an integer along with the first letter of the
1479duration. For example, @code{--list-generations=20d} lists generations
1480that are up to 20 days old.
1481@end itemize
1482
1483@item --delete-generations[=@var{pattern}]
1484@itemx -d [@var{pattern}]
1485When @var{pattern} is omitted, delete all generations except the current
1486one.
1487
1488This command accepts the same patterns as @option{--list-generations}.
1489When @var{pattern} is specified, delete the matching generations. When
1490@var{pattern} specifies a duration, generations @emph{older} than the
1491specified duration match. For instance, @code{--delete-generations=1m}
1492deletes generations that are more than one month old.
1493
1494If the current generation matches, it is @emph{not} deleted. Also, the
1495zeroth generation is never deleted.
1496
1497Note that deleting generations prevents roll-back to them.
1498Consequently, this command must be used with care.
1499
1500@end table
1501
1502Finally, since @command{guix package} may actually start build
1503processes, it supports all the common build options that @command{guix
1504build} supports (@pxref{Invoking guix build, common build options}).
1505
1506@node Substitutes
1507@section Substitutes
1508
1509@cindex substitutes
1510@cindex pre-built binaries
1511Guix supports transparent source/binary deployment, which means that it
1512can either build things locally, or download pre-built items from a
1513server. We call these pre-built items @dfn{substitutes}---they are
1514substitutes for local build results. In many cases, downloading a
1515substitute is much faster than building things locally.
1516
1517Substitutes can be anything resulting from a derivation build
1518(@pxref{Derivations}). Of course, in the common case, they are
1519pre-built package binaries, but source tarballs, for instance, which
1520also result from derivation builds, can be available as substitutes.
1521
1522The @code{hydra.gnu.org} server is a front-end to a build farm that
1523builds packages from the GNU distribution continuously for some
1524architectures, and makes them available as substitutes. This is the
1525default source of substitutes; it can be overridden by passing the
1526@option{--substitute-urls} option either to @command{guix-daemon}
1527(@pxref{daemon-substitute-urls,, @code{guix-daemon --substitute-urls}})
1528or to client tools such as @command{guix package}
1529(@pxref{client-substitute-urls,, client @option{--substitute-urls}
1530option}).
1531
1532@cindex security
1533@cindex digital signatures
1534To allow Guix to download substitutes from @code{hydra.gnu.org}, you
1535must add its public key to the access control list (ACL) of archive
1536imports, using the @command{guix archive} command (@pxref{Invoking guix
1537archive}). Doing so implies that you trust @code{hydra.gnu.org} to not
1538be compromised and to serve genuine substitutes.
1539
1540This public key is installed along with Guix, in
1541@code{@var{prefix}/share/guix/hydra.gnu.org.pub}, where @var{prefix} is
1542the installation prefix of Guix. If you installed Guix from source,
1543make sure you checked the GPG signature of
1544@file{guix-@value{VERSION}.tar.gz}, which contains this public key file.
1545Then, you can run something like this:
1546
1547@example
1548# guix archive --authorize < hydra.gnu.org.pub
1549@end example
1550
1551Once this is in place, the output of a command like @code{guix build}
1552should change from something like:
1553
1554@example
1555$ guix build emacs --dry-run
1556The following derivations would be built:
1557 /gnu/store/yr7bnx8xwcayd6j95r2clmkdl1qh688w-emacs-24.3.drv
1558 /gnu/store/x8qsh1hlhgjx6cwsjyvybnfv2i37z23w-dbus-1.6.4.tar.gz.drv
1559 /gnu/store/1ixwp12fl950d15h2cj11c73733jay0z-alsa-lib-1.0.27.1.tar.bz2.drv
1560 /gnu/store/nlma1pw0p603fpfiqy7kn4zm105r5dmw-util-linux-2.21.drv
1561@dots{}
1562@end example
1563
1564@noindent
1565to something like:
1566
1567@example
1568$ guix build emacs --dry-run
1569The following files would be downloaded:
1570 /gnu/store/pk3n22lbq6ydamyymqkkz7i69wiwjiwi-emacs-24.3
1571 /gnu/store/2ygn4ncnhrpr61rssa6z0d9x22si0va3-libjpeg-8d
1572 /gnu/store/71yz6lgx4dazma9dwn2mcjxaah9w77jq-cairo-1.12.16
1573 /gnu/store/7zdhgp0n1518lvfn8mb96sxqfmvqrl7v-libxrender-0.9.7
1574@dots{}
1575@end example
1576
1577@noindent
1578This indicates that substitutes from @code{hydra.gnu.org} are usable and
1579will be downloaded, when possible, for future builds.
1580
1581Guix ignores substitutes that are not signed, or that are not signed by
1582one of the keys listed in the ACL. It also detects and raises an error
1583when attempting to use a substitute that has been tampered with.
1584
1585The substitute mechanism can be disabled globally by running
1586@code{guix-daemon} with @code{--no-substitutes} (@pxref{Invoking
1587guix-daemon}). It can also be disabled temporarily by passing the
1588@code{--no-substitutes} option to @command{guix package}, @command{guix
1589build}, and other command-line tools.
1590
1591
1592Today, each individual's control over their own computing is at the
1593mercy of institutions, corporations, and groups with enough power and
1594determination to subvert the computing infrastructure and exploit its
1595weaknesses. While using @code{hydra.gnu.org} substitutes can be
1596convenient, we encourage users to also build on their own, or even run
1597their own build farm, such that @code{hydra.gnu.org} is less of an
1598interesting target. One way to help is by publishing the software you
1599build using @command{guix publish} so that others have one more choice
1600of server to download substitutes from (@pxref{Invoking guix publish}).
1601
1602Guix has the foundations to maximize build reproducibility
1603(@pxref{Features}). In most cases, independent builds of a given
1604package or derivation should yield bit-identical results. Thus, through
1605a diverse set of independent package builds, we can strengthen the
1606integrity of our systems. The @command{guix challenge} command aims to
1607help users assess substitute servers, and to assist developers in
1608finding out about non-deterministic package builds (@pxref{Invoking guix
1609challenge}).
1610
1611In the future, we want Guix to have support to publish and retrieve
1612binaries to/from other users, in a peer-to-peer fashion. If you would
1613like to discuss this project, join us on @email{guix-devel@@gnu.org}.
1614
1615
1616@node Packages with Multiple Outputs
1617@section Packages with Multiple Outputs
1618
1619@cindex multiple-output packages
1620@cindex package outputs
1621
1622Often, packages defined in Guix have a single @dfn{output}---i.e., the
1623source package leads exactly one directory in the store. When running
1624@command{guix package -i glibc}, one installs the default output of the
1625GNU libc package; the default output is called @code{out}, but its name
1626can be omitted as shown in this command. In this particular case, the
1627default output of @code{glibc} contains all the C header files, shared
1628libraries, static libraries, Info documentation, and other supporting
1629files.
1630
1631Sometimes it is more appropriate to separate the various types of files
1632produced from a single source package into separate outputs. For
1633instance, the GLib C library (used by GTK+ and related packages)
1634installs more than 20 MiB of reference documentation as HTML pages.
1635To save space for users who do not need it, the documentation goes to a
1636separate output, called @code{doc}. To install the main GLib output,
1637which contains everything but the documentation, one would run:
1638
1639@example
1640guix package -i glib
1641@end example
1642
1643The command to install its documentation is:
1644
1645@example
1646guix package -i glib:doc
1647@end example
1648
1649Some packages install programs with different ``dependency footprints''.
1650For instance, the WordNet package install both command-line tools and
1651graphical user interfaces (GUIs). The former depend solely on the C
1652library, whereas the latter depend on Tcl/Tk and the underlying X
1653libraries. In this case, we leave the command-line tools in the default
1654output, whereas the GUIs are in a separate output. This allows users
1655who do not need the GUIs to save space. The @command{guix size} command
1656can help find out about such situations (@pxref{Invoking guix size}).
1657@command{guix graph} can also be helpful (@pxref{Invoking guix graph}).
1658
1659There are several such multiple-output packages in the GNU distribution.
1660Other conventional output names include @code{lib} for libraries and
1661possibly header files, @code{bin} for stand-alone programs, and
1662@code{debug} for debugging information (@pxref{Installing Debugging
1663Files}). The outputs of a packages are listed in the third column of
1664the output of @command{guix package --list-available} (@pxref{Invoking
1665guix package}).
1666
1667
1668@node Invoking guix gc
1669@section Invoking @command{guix gc}
1670
1671@cindex garbage collector
1672Packages that are installed but not used may be @dfn{garbage-collected}.
1673The @command{guix gc} command allows users to explicitly run the garbage
1674collector to reclaim space from the @file{/gnu/store} directory. It is
1675the @emph{only} way to remove files from @file{/gnu/store}---removing
1676files or directories manually may break it beyond repair!
1677
1678The garbage collector has a set of known @dfn{roots}: any file under
1679@file{/gnu/store} reachable from a root is considered @dfn{live} and
1680cannot be deleted; any other file is considered @dfn{dead} and may be
1681deleted. The set of garbage collector roots includes default user
1682profiles, and may be augmented with @command{guix build --root}, for
1683example (@pxref{Invoking guix build}).
1684
1685Prior to running @code{guix gc --collect-garbage} to make space, it is
1686often useful to remove old generations from user profiles; that way, old
1687package builds referenced by those generations can be reclaimed. This
1688is achieved by running @code{guix package --delete-generations}
1689(@pxref{Invoking guix package}).
1690
1691The @command{guix gc} command has three modes of operation: it can be
1692used to garbage-collect any dead files (the default), to delete specific
1693files (the @code{--delete} option), to print garbage-collector
1694information, or for more advanced queries. The garbage collection
1695options are as follows:
1696
1697@table @code
1698@item --collect-garbage[=@var{min}]
1699@itemx -C [@var{min}]
1700Collect garbage---i.e., unreachable @file{/gnu/store} files and
1701sub-directories. This is the default operation when no option is
1702specified.
1703
1704When @var{min} is given, stop once @var{min} bytes have been collected.
1705@var{min} may be a number of bytes, or it may include a unit as a
1706suffix, such as @code{MiB} for mebibytes and @code{GB} for gigabytes
1707(@pxref{Block size, size specifications,, coreutils, GNU Coreutils}).
1708
1709When @var{min} is omitted, collect all the garbage.
1710
1711@item --delete
1712@itemx -d
1713Attempt to delete all the store files and directories specified as
1714arguments. This fails if some of the files are not in the store, or if
1715they are still live.
1716
1717@item --list-failures
1718List store items corresponding to cached build failures.
1719
1720This prints nothing unless the daemon was started with
1721@option{--cache-failures} (@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon,
1722@option{--cache-failures}}).
1723
1724@item --clear-failures
1725Remove the specified store items from the failed-build cache.
1726
1727Again, this option only makes sense when the daemon is started with
1728@option{--cache-failures}. Otherwise, it does nothing.
1729
1730@item --list-dead
1731Show the list of dead files and directories still present in the
1732store---i.e., files and directories no longer reachable from any root.
1733
1734@item --list-live
1735Show the list of live store files and directories.
1736
1737@end table
1738
1739In addition, the references among existing store files can be queried:
1740
1741@table @code
1742
1743@item --references
1744@itemx --referrers
1745List the references (respectively, the referrers) of store files given
1746as arguments.
1747
1748@item --requisites
1749@itemx -R
1750@cindex closure
1751List the requisites of the store files passed as arguments. Requisites
1752include the store files themselves, their references, and the references
1753of these, recursively. In other words, the returned list is the
1754@dfn{transitive closure} of the store files.
1755
1756@xref{Invoking guix size}, for a tool to profile the size of an
1757element's closure. @xref{Invoking guix graph}, for a tool to visualize
1758the graph of references.
1759
1760@end table
1761
1762Lastly, the following options allow you to check the integrity of the
1763store and to control disk usage.
1764
1765@table @option
1766
1767@item --verify[=@var{options}]
1768@cindex integrity, of the store
1769@cindex integrity checking
1770Verify the integrity of the store.
1771
1772By default, make sure that all the store items marked as valid in the
1773daemon's database actually exist in @file{/gnu/store}.
1774
1775When provided, @var{options} must a comma-separated list containing one
1776or more of @code{contents} and @code{repair}.
1777
1778When passing @option{--verify=contents}, the daemon will compute the
1779content hash of each store item and compare it against its hash in the
1780database. Hash mismatches are reported as data corruptions. Because it
1781traverses @emph{all the files in the store}, this command can take a
1782long time, especially on systems with a slow disk drive.
1783
1784@cindex repairing the store
1785Using @option{--verify=repair} or @option{--verify=contents,repair}
1786causes the daemon to try to repair corrupt store items by fetching
1787substitutes for them (@pxref{Substitutes}). Because repairing is not
1788atomic, and thus potentially dangerous, it is available only to the
1789system administrator.
1790
1791@item --optimize
1792@cindex deduplication
1793Optimize the store by hard-linking identical files---this is
1794@dfn{deduplication}.
1795
1796The daemon performs deduplication after each successful build or archive
1797import, unless it was started with @code{--disable-deduplication}
1798(@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon, @code{--disable-deduplication}}). Thus,
1799this option is primarily useful when the daemon was running with
1800@code{--disable-deduplication}.
1801
1802@end table
1803
1804@node Invoking guix pull
1805@section Invoking @command{guix pull}
1806
1807Packages are installed or upgraded to the latest version available in
1808the distribution currently available on your local machine. To update
1809that distribution, along with the Guix tools, you must run @command{guix
1810pull}: the command downloads the latest Guix source code and package
1811descriptions, and deploys it.
1812
1813On completion, @command{guix package} will use packages and package
1814versions from this just-retrieved copy of Guix. Not only that, but all
1815the Guix commands and Scheme modules will also be taken from that latest
1816version. New @command{guix} sub-commands added by the update also
1817become available@footnote{Under the hood, @command{guix pull} updates
1818the @file{~/.config/guix/latest} symbolic link to point to the latest
1819Guix, and the @command{guix} command loads code from there.}.
1820
1821The @command{guix pull} command is usually invoked with no arguments,
1822but it supports the following options:
1823
1824@table @code
1825@item --verbose
1826Produce verbose output, writing build logs to the standard error output.
1827
1828@item --url=@var{url}
1829Download the source tarball of Guix from @var{url}.
1830
1831By default, the tarball is taken from its canonical address at
1832@code{gnu.org}, for the stable branch of Guix.
1833
1834@item --bootstrap
1835Use the bootstrap Guile to build the latest Guix. This option is only
1836useful to Guix developers.
1837@end table
1838
1839
1840@node Invoking guix archive
1841@section Invoking @command{guix archive}
1842
1843The @command{guix archive} command allows users to @dfn{export} files
1844from the store into a single archive, and to later @dfn{import} them.
1845In particular, it allows store files to be transferred from one machine
1846to another machine's store. For example, to transfer the @code{emacs}
1847package to a machine connected over SSH, one would run:
1848
1849@example
1850guix archive --export -r emacs | ssh the-machine guix archive --import
1851@end example
1852
1853@noindent
1854Similarly, a complete user profile may be transferred from one machine
1855to another like this:
1856
1857@example
1858guix archive --export -r $(readlink -f ~/.guix-profile) | \
1859 ssh the-machine guix-archive --import
1860@end example
1861
1862@noindent
1863However, note that, in both examples, all of @code{emacs} and the
1864profile as well as all of their dependencies are transferred (due to
1865@code{-r}), regardless of what is already available in the target
1866machine's store. The @code{--missing} option can help figure out which
1867items are missing from the target's store.
1868
1869Archives are stored in the ``Nix archive'' or ``Nar'' format, which is
1870comparable in spirit to `tar', but with a few noteworthy differences
1871that make it more appropriate for our purposes. First, rather than
1872recording all Unix meta-data for each file, the Nar format only mentions
1873the file type (regular, directory, or symbolic link); Unix permissions
1874and owner/group are dismissed. Second, the order in which directory
1875entries are stored always follows the order of file names according to
1876the C locale collation order. This makes archive production fully
1877deterministic.
1878
1879When exporting, the daemon digitally signs the contents of the archive,
1880and that digital signature is appended. When importing, the daemon
1881verifies the signature and rejects the import in case of an invalid
1882signature or if the signing key is not authorized.
1883@c FIXME: Add xref to daemon doc about signatures.
1884
1885The main options are:
1886
1887@table @code
1888@item --export
1889Export the specified store files or packages (see below.) Write the
1890resulting archive to the standard output.
1891
1892Dependencies are @emph{not} included in the output, unless
1893@code{--recursive} is passed.
1894
1895@item -r
1896@itemx --recursive
1897When combined with @code{--export}, this instructs @command{guix
1898archive} to include dependencies of the given items in the archive.
1899Thus, the resulting archive is self-contained: it contains the closure
1900of the exported store items.
1901
1902@item --import
1903Read an archive from the standard input, and import the files listed
1904therein into the store. Abort if the archive has an invalid digital
1905signature, or if it is signed by a public key not among the authorized
1906keys (see @code{--authorize} below.)
1907
1908@item --missing
1909Read a list of store file names from the standard input, one per line,
1910and write on the standard output the subset of these files missing from
1911the store.
1912
1913@item --generate-key[=@var{parameters}]
1914@cindex signing, archives
1915Generate a new key pair for the daemons. This is a prerequisite before
1916archives can be exported with @code{--export}. Note that this operation
1917usually takes time, because it needs to gather enough entropy to
1918generate the key pair.
1919
1920The generated key pair is typically stored under @file{/etc/guix}, in
1921@file{signing-key.pub} (public key) and @file{signing-key.sec} (private
1922key, which must be kept secret.) When @var{parameters} is omitted,
1923an ECDSA key using the Ed25519 curve is generated, or, for Libgcrypt
1924versions before 1.6.0, it is a 4096-bit RSA key.
1925Alternately, @var{parameters} can specify
1926@code{genkey} parameters suitable for Libgcrypt (@pxref{General
1927public-key related Functions, @code{gcry_pk_genkey},, gcrypt, The
1928Libgcrypt Reference Manual}).
1929
1930@item --authorize
1931@cindex authorizing, archives
1932Authorize imports signed by the public key passed on standard input.
1933The public key must be in ``s-expression advanced format''---i.e., the
1934same format as the @file{signing-key.pub} file.
1935
1936The list of authorized keys is kept in the human-editable file
1937@file{/etc/guix/acl}. The file contains
1938@url{http://people.csail.mit.edu/rivest/Sexp.txt, ``advanced-format
1939s-expressions''} and is structured as an access-control list in the
1940@url{http://theworld.com/~cme/spki.txt, Simple Public-Key Infrastructure
1941(SPKI)}.
1942
1943@item --extract=@var{directory}
1944@itemx -x @var{directory}
1945Read a single-item archive as served by substitute servers
1946(@pxref{Substitutes}) and extract it to @var{directory}. This is a
1947low-level operation needed in only very narrow use cases; see below.
1948
1949For example, the following command extracts the substitute for Emacs
1950served by @code{hydra.gnu.org} to @file{/tmp/emacs}:
1951
1952@example
1953$ wget -O - \
1954 http://hydra.gnu.org/nar/@dots{}-emacs-24.5 \
1955 | bunzip2 | guix archive -x /tmp/emacs
1956@end example
1957
1958Single-item archives are different from multiple-item archives produced
1959by @command{guix archive --export}; they contain a single store item,
1960and they do @emph{not} embed a signature. Thus this operation does
1961@emph{no} signature verification and its output should be considered
1962unsafe.
1963
1964The primary purpose of this operation is to facilitate inspection of
1965archive contents coming from possibly untrusted substitute servers.
1966
1967@end table
1968
1969To export store files as an archive to the standard output, run:
1970
1971@example
1972guix archive --export @var{options} @var{specifications}...
1973@end example
1974
1975@var{specifications} may be either store file names or package
1976specifications, as for @command{guix package} (@pxref{Invoking guix
1977package}). For instance, the following command creates an archive
1978containing the @code{gui} output of the @code{git} package and the main
1979output of @code{emacs}:
1980
1981@example
1982guix archive --export git:gui /gnu/store/...-emacs-24.3 > great.nar
1983@end example
1984
1985If the specified packages are not built yet, @command{guix archive}
1986automatically builds them. The build process may be controlled with the
1987same options that can be passed to the @command{guix build} command
1988(@pxref{Invoking guix build, common build options}).
1989
1990@c *********************************************************************
1991@include emacs.texi
1992
1993@c *********************************************************************
1994@node Programming Interface
1995@chapter Programming Interface
1996
1997GNU Guix provides several Scheme programming interfaces (APIs) to
1998define, build, and query packages. The first interface allows users to
1999write high-level package definitions. These definitions refer to
2000familiar packaging concepts, such as the name and version of a package,
2001its build system, and its dependencies. These definitions can then be
2002turned into concrete build actions.
2003
2004Build actions are performed by the Guix daemon, on behalf of users. In a
2005standard setup, the daemon has write access to the store---the
2006@file{/gnu/store} directory---whereas users do not. The recommended
2007setup also has the daemon perform builds in chroots, under a specific
2008build users, to minimize interference with the rest of the system.
2009
2010@cindex derivation
2011Lower-level APIs are available to interact with the daemon and the
2012store. To instruct the daemon to perform a build action, users actually
2013provide it with a @dfn{derivation}. A derivation is a low-level
2014representation of the build actions to be taken, and the environment in
2015which they should occur---derivations are to package definitions what
2016assembly is to C programs. The term ``derivation'' comes from the fact
2017that build results @emph{derive} from them.
2018
2019This chapter describes all these APIs in turn, starting from high-level
2020package definitions.
2021
2022@menu
2023* Defining Packages:: Defining new packages.
2024* Build Systems:: Specifying how packages are built.
2025* The Store:: Manipulating the package store.
2026* Derivations:: Low-level interface to package derivations.
2027* The Store Monad:: Purely functional interface to the store.
2028* G-Expressions:: Manipulating build expressions.
2029@end menu
2030
2031@node Defining Packages
2032@section Defining Packages
2033
2034The high-level interface to package definitions is implemented in the
2035@code{(guix packages)} and @code{(guix build-system)} modules. As an
2036example, the package definition, or @dfn{recipe}, for the GNU Hello
2037package looks like this:
2038
2039@example
2040(define-module (gnu packages hello)
2041 #:use-module (guix packages)
2042 #:use-module (guix download)
2043 #:use-module (guix build-system gnu)
2044 #:use-module (guix licenses)
2045 #:use-module (gnu packages gawk))
2046
2047(define-public hello
2048 (package
2049 (name "hello")
2050 (version "2.10")
2051 (source (origin
2052 (method url-fetch)
2053 (uri (string-append "mirror://gnu/hello/hello-" version
2054 ".tar.gz"))
2055 (sha256
2056 (base32
2057 "0ssi1wpaf7plaswqqjwigppsg5fyh99vdlb9kzl7c9lng89ndq1i"))))
2058 (build-system gnu-build-system)
2059 (arguments `(#:configure-flags '("--enable-silent-rules")))
2060 (inputs `(("gawk" ,gawk)))
2061 (synopsis "Hello, GNU world: An example GNU package")
2062 (description "Guess what GNU Hello prints!")
2063 (home-page "http://www.gnu.org/software/hello/")
2064 (license gpl3+)))
2065@end example
2066
2067@noindent
2068Without being a Scheme expert, the reader may have guessed the meaning
2069of the various fields here. This expression binds variable @code{hello}
2070to a @code{<package>} object, which is essentially a record
2071(@pxref{SRFI-9, Scheme records,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}).
2072This package object can be inspected using procedures found in the
2073@code{(guix packages)} module; for instance, @code{(package-name hello)}
2074returns---surprise!---@code{"hello"}.
2075
2076With luck, you may be able to import part or all of the definition of
2077the package you are interested in from another repository, using the
2078@code{guix import} command (@pxref{Invoking guix import}).
2079
2080In the example above, @var{hello} is defined into a module of its own,
2081@code{(gnu packages hello)}. Technically, this is not strictly
2082necessary, but it is convenient to do so: all the packages defined in
2083modules under @code{(gnu packages @dots{})} are automatically known to
2084the command-line tools (@pxref{Package Modules}).
2085
2086There are a few points worth noting in the above package definition:
2087
2088@itemize
2089@item
2090The @code{source} field of the package is an @code{<origin>} object
2091(@pxref{origin Reference}, for the complete reference).
2092Here, the @code{url-fetch} method from @code{(guix download)} is used,
2093meaning that the source is a file to be downloaded over FTP or HTTP.
2094
2095The @code{mirror://gnu} prefix instructs @code{url-fetch} to use one of
2096the GNU mirrors defined in @code{(guix download)}.
2097
2098The @code{sha256} field specifies the expected SHA256 hash of the file
2099being downloaded. It is mandatory, and allows Guix to check the
2100integrity of the file. The @code{(base32 @dots{})} form introduces the
2101base32 representation of the hash. You can obtain this information with
2102@code{guix download} (@pxref{Invoking guix download}) and @code{guix
2103hash} (@pxref{Invoking guix hash}).
2104
2105@cindex patches
2106When needed, the @code{origin} form can also have a @code{patches} field
2107listing patches to be applied, and a @code{snippet} field giving a
2108Scheme expression to modify the source code.
2109
2110@item
2111@cindex GNU Build System
2112The @code{build-system} field specifies the procedure to build the
2113package (@pxref{Build Systems}). Here, @var{gnu-build-system}
2114represents the familiar GNU Build System, where packages may be
2115configured, built, and installed with the usual @code{./configure &&
2116make && make check && make install} command sequence.
2117
2118@item
2119The @code{arguments} field specifies options for the build system
2120(@pxref{Build Systems}). Here it is interpreted by
2121@var{gnu-build-system} as a request run @file{configure} with the
2122@code{--enable-silent-rules} flag.
2123
2124@item
2125The @code{inputs} field specifies inputs to the build process---i.e.,
2126build-time or run-time dependencies of the package. Here, we define an
2127input called @code{"gawk"} whose value is that of the @var{gawk}
2128variable; @var{gawk} is itself bound to a @code{<package>} object.
2129
2130Note that GCC, Coreutils, Bash, and other essential tools do not need to
2131be specified as inputs here. Instead, @var{gnu-build-system} takes care
2132of ensuring that they are present (@pxref{Build Systems}).
2133
2134However, any other dependencies need to be specified in the
2135@code{inputs} field. Any dependency not specified here will simply be
2136unavailable to the build process, possibly leading to a build failure.
2137@end itemize
2138
2139@xref{package Reference}, for a full description of possible fields.
2140
2141Once a package definition is in place, the
2142package may actually be built using the @code{guix build} command-line
2143tool (@pxref{Invoking guix build}). You can easily jump back to the
2144package definition using the @command{guix edit} command
2145(@pxref{Invoking guix edit}).
2146@xref{Packaging Guidelines}, for
2147more information on how to test package definitions, and
2148@ref{Invoking guix lint}, for information on how to check a definition
2149for style conformance.
2150
2151Eventually, updating the package definition to a new upstream version
2152can be partly automated by the @command{guix refresh} command
2153(@pxref{Invoking guix refresh}).
2154
2155Behind the scenes, a derivation corresponding to the @code{<package>}
2156object is first computed by the @code{package-derivation} procedure.
2157That derivation is stored in a @code{.drv} file under @file{/gnu/store}.
2158The build actions it prescribes may then be realized by using the
2159@code{build-derivations} procedure (@pxref{The Store}).
2160
2161@deffn {Scheme Procedure} package-derivation @var{store} @var{package} [@var{system}]
2162Return the @code{<derivation>} object of @var{package} for @var{system}
2163(@pxref{Derivations}).
2164
2165@var{package} must be a valid @code{<package>} object, and @var{system}
2166must be a string denoting the target system type---e.g.,
2167@code{"x86_64-linux"} for an x86_64 Linux-based GNU system. @var{store}
2168must be a connection to the daemon, which operates on the store
2169(@pxref{The Store}).
2170@end deffn
2171
2172@noindent
2173@cindex cross-compilation
2174Similarly, it is possible to compute a derivation that cross-builds a
2175package for some other system:
2176
2177@deffn {Scheme Procedure} package-cross-derivation @var{store} @
2178 @var{package} @var{target} [@var{system}]
2179Return the @code{<derivation>} object of @var{package} cross-built from
2180@var{system} to @var{target}.
2181
2182@var{target} must be a valid GNU triplet denoting the target hardware
2183and operating system, such as @code{"mips64el-linux-gnu"}
2184(@pxref{Configuration Names, GNU configuration triplets,, configure, GNU
2185Configure and Build System}).
2186@end deffn
2187
2188@menu
2189* package Reference :: The package data type.
2190* origin Reference:: The origin data type.
2191@end menu
2192
2193
2194@node package Reference
2195@subsection @code{package} Reference
2196
2197This section summarizes all the options available in @code{package}
2198declarations (@pxref{Defining Packages}).
2199
2200@deftp {Data Type} package
2201This is the data type representing a package recipe.
2202
2203@table @asis
2204@item @code{name}
2205The name of the package, as a string.
2206
2207@item @code{version}
2208The version of the package, as a string.
2209
2210@item @code{source}
2211An origin object telling how the source code for the package should be
2212acquired (@pxref{origin Reference}).
2213
2214@item @code{build-system}
2215The build system that should be used to build the package (@pxref{Build
2216Systems}).
2217
2218@item @code{arguments} (default: @code{'()})
2219The arguments that should be passed to the build system. This is a
2220list, typically containing sequential keyword-value pairs.
2221
2222@item @code{inputs} (default: @code{'()})
2223Package or derivation inputs to the build. This is a list of lists,
2224where each list has the name of the input (a string) as its first
2225element, a package or derivation object as its second element, and
2226optionally the name of the output of the package or derivation that
2227should be used, which defaults to @code{"out"}.
2228
2229@item @anchor{package-propagated-inputs}@code{propagated-inputs} (default: @code{'()})
2230@cindex propagated inputs
2231This field is like @code{inputs}, but the specified packages will be
2232force-installed alongside the package they belong to
2233(@pxref{package-cmd-propagated-inputs, @command{guix package}}, for
2234information on how @command{guix package} deals with propagated inputs.)
2235
2236For example this is necessary when a library needs headers of another
2237library to compile, or needs another shared library to be linked
2238alongside itself when a program wants to link to it.
2239
2240@item @code{native-inputs} (default: @code{'()})
2241This field is like @code{inputs}, but in case of a cross-compilation it
2242will be ensured that packages for the architecture of the build machine
2243are present, such that executables from them can be used during the
2244build.
2245
2246This is typically where you would list tools needed at build time but
2247not at run time, such as Autoconf, Automake, pkg-config, Gettext, or
2248Bison. @command{guix lint} can report likely mistakes in this area
2249(@pxref{Invoking guix lint}).
2250
2251@item @code{self-native-input?} (default: @code{#f})
2252This is a Boolean field telling whether the package should use itself as
2253a native input when cross-compiling.
2254
2255@item @code{outputs} (default: @code{'("out")})
2256The list of output names of the package. @xref{Packages with Multiple
2257Outputs}, for typical uses of additional outputs.
2258
2259@item @code{native-search-paths} (default: @code{'()})
2260@itemx @code{search-paths} (default: @code{'()})
2261A list of @code{search-path-specification} objects describing
2262search-path environment variables honored by the package.
2263
2264@item @code{replacement} (default: @code{#f})
2265This must either @code{#f} or a package object that will be used as a
2266@dfn{replacement} for this package. @xref{Security Updates, grafts},
2267for details.
2268
2269@item @code{synopsis}
2270A one-line description of the package.
2271
2272@item @code{description}
2273A more elaborate description of the package.
2274
2275@item @code{license}
2276The license of the package; a value from @code{(guix licenses)}.
2277
2278@item @code{home-page}
2279The URL to the home-page of the package, as a string.
2280
2281@item @code{supported-systems} (default: @var{%supported-systems})
2282The list of systems supported by the package, as strings of the form
2283@code{architecture-kernel}, for example @code{"x86_64-linux"}.
2284
2285@item @code{maintainers} (default: @code{'()})
2286The list of maintainers of the package, as @code{maintainer} objects.
2287
2288@item @code{location} (default: source location of the @code{package} form)
2289The source location of the package. It's useful to override this when
2290inheriting from another package, in which case this field is not
2291automatically corrected.
2292@end table
2293@end deftp
2294
2295
2296@node origin Reference
2297@subsection @code{origin} Reference
2298
2299This section summarizes all the options available in @code{origin}
2300declarations (@pxref{Defining Packages}).
2301
2302@deftp {Data Type} origin
2303This is the data type representing a source code origin.
2304
2305@table @asis
2306@item @code{uri}
2307An object containing the URI of the source. The object type depends on
2308the @code{method} (see below). For example, when using the
2309@var{url-fetch} method of @code{(guix download)}, the valid @code{uri}
2310values are: a URL represented as a string, or a list thereof.
2311
2312@item @code{method}
2313A procedure that will handle the URI.
2314
2315Examples include:
2316
2317@table @asis
2318@item @var{url-fetch} from @code{(guix download)}
2319download a file the HTTP, HTTPS, or FTP URL specified in the
2320@code{uri} field;
2321
2322@item @var{git-fetch} from @code{(guix git-download)}
2323clone the Git version control repository, and check out the revision
2324specified in the @code{uri} field as a @code{git-reference} object; a
2325@code{git-reference} looks like this:
2326
2327@example
2328(git-reference
2329 (url "git://git.debian.org/git/pkg-shadow/shadow")
2330 (commit "v4.1.5.1"))
2331@end example
2332@end table
2333
2334@item @code{sha256}
2335A bytevector containing the SHA-256 hash of the source. Typically the
2336@code{base32} form is used here to generate the bytevector from a
2337base-32 string.
2338
2339@item @code{file-name} (default: @code{#f})
2340The file name under which the source code should be saved. When this is
2341@code{#f}, a sensible default value will be used in most cases. In case
2342the source is fetched from a URL, the file name from the URL will be
2343used. For version control checkouts, it's recommended to provide the
2344file name explicitly because the default is not very descriptive.
2345
2346@item @code{patches} (default: @code{'()})
2347A list of file names containing patches to be applied to the source.
2348
2349@item @code{snippet} (default: @code{#f})
2350A quoted piece of code that will be run in the source directory to make
2351any modifications, which is sometimes more convenient than a patch.
2352
2353@item @code{patch-flags} (default: @code{'("-p1")})
2354A list of command-line flags that should be passed to the @code{patch}
2355command.
2356
2357@item @code{patch-inputs} (default: @code{#f})
2358Input packages or derivations to the patching process. When this is
2359@code{#f}, the usual set of inputs necessary for patching are provided,
2360such as GNU@tie{}Patch.
2361
2362@item @code{modules} (default: @code{'()})
2363A list of Guile modules that should be loaded during the patching
2364process and while running the code in the @code{snippet} field.
2365
2366@item @code{imported-modules} (default: @code{'()})
2367The list of Guile modules to import in the patch derivation, for use by
2368the @code{snippet}.
2369
2370@item @code{patch-guile} (default: @code{#f})
2371The Guile package that should be used in the patching process. When
2372this is @code{#f}, a sensible default is used.
2373@end table
2374@end deftp
2375
2376
2377@node Build Systems
2378@section Build Systems
2379
2380@cindex build system
2381Each package definition specifies a @dfn{build system} and arguments for
2382that build system (@pxref{Defining Packages}). This @code{build-system}
2383field represents the build procedure of the package, as well implicit
2384dependencies of that build procedure.
2385
2386Build systems are @code{<build-system>} objects. The interface to
2387create and manipulate them is provided by the @code{(guix build-system)}
2388module, and actual build systems are exported by specific modules.
2389
2390@cindex bag (low-level package representation)
2391Under the hood, build systems first compile package objects to
2392@dfn{bags}. A @dfn{bag} is like a package, but with less
2393ornamentation---in other words, a bag is a lower-level representation of
2394a package, which includes all the inputs of that package, including some
2395that were implicitly added by the build system. This intermediate
2396representation is then compiled to a derivation (@pxref{Derivations}).
2397
2398Build systems accept an optional list of @dfn{arguments}. In package
2399definitions, these are passed @i{via} the @code{arguments} field
2400(@pxref{Defining Packages}). They are typically keyword arguments
2401(@pxref{Optional Arguments, keyword arguments in Guile,, guile, GNU
2402Guile Reference Manual}). The value of these arguments is usually
2403evaluated in the @dfn{build stratum}---i.e., by a Guile process launched
2404by the daemon (@pxref{Derivations}).
2405
2406The main build system is @var{gnu-build-system}, which implements the
2407standard build procedure for GNU packages and many other packages. It
2408is provided by the @code{(guix build-system gnu)} module.
2409
2410@defvr {Scheme Variable} gnu-build-system
2411@var{gnu-build-system} represents the GNU Build System, and variants
2412thereof (@pxref{Configuration, configuration and makefile conventions,,
2413standards, GNU Coding Standards}).
2414
2415@cindex build phases
2416In a nutshell, packages using it configured, built, and installed with
2417the usual @code{./configure && make && make check && make install}
2418command sequence. In practice, a few additional steps are often needed.
2419All these steps are split up in separate @dfn{phases},
2420notably@footnote{Please see the @code{(guix build gnu-build-system)}
2421modules for more details about the build phases.}:
2422
2423@table @code
2424@item unpack
2425Unpack the source tarball, and change the current directory to the
2426extracted source tree. If the source is actually a directory, copy it
2427to the build tree, and enter that directory.
2428
2429@item patch-source-shebangs
2430Patch shebangs encountered in source files so they refer to the right
2431store file names. For instance, this changes @code{#!/bin/sh} to
2432@code{#!/gnu/store/@dots{}-bash-4.3/bin/sh}.
2433
2434@item configure
2435Run the @file{configure} script with a number of default options, such
2436as @code{--prefix=/gnu/store/@dots{}}, as well as the options specified
2437by the @code{#:configure-flags} argument.
2438
2439@item build
2440Run @code{make} with the list of flags specified with
2441@code{#:make-flags}. If the @code{#:parallel-builds?} argument is true
2442(the default), build with @code{make -j}.
2443
2444@item check
2445Run @code{make check}, or some other target specified with
2446@code{#:test-target}, unless @code{#:tests? #f} is passed. If the
2447@code{#:parallel-tests?} argument is true (the default), run @code{make
2448check -j}.
2449
2450@item install
2451Run @code{make install} with the flags listed in @code{#:make-flags}.
2452
2453@item patch-shebangs
2454Patch shebangs on the installed executable files.
2455
2456@item strip
2457Strip debugging symbols from ELF files (unless @code{#:strip-binaries?}
2458is false), copying them to the @code{debug} output when available
2459(@pxref{Installing Debugging Files}).
2460@end table
2461
2462@vindex %standard-phases
2463The build-side module @code{(guix build gnu-build-system)} defines
2464@var{%standard-phases} as the default list of build phases.
2465@var{%standard-phases} is a list of symbol/procedure pairs, where the
2466procedure implements the actual phase.
2467
2468The list of phases used for a particular package can be changed with the
2469@code{#:phases} parameter. For instance, passing:
2470
2471@example
2472#:phases (alist-delete 'configure %standard-phases)
2473@end example
2474
2475means that all the phases described above will be used, except the
2476@code{configure} phase.
2477
2478In addition, this build system ensures that the ``standard'' environment
2479for GNU packages is available. This includes tools such as GCC, libc,
2480Coreutils, Bash, Make, Diffutils, grep, and sed (see the @code{(guix
2481build-system gnu)} module for a complete list.) We call these the
2482@dfn{implicit inputs} of a package, because package definitions don't
2483have to mention them.
2484@end defvr
2485
2486Other @code{<build-system>} objects are defined to support other
2487conventions and tools used by free software packages. They inherit most
2488of @var{gnu-build-system}, and differ mainly in the set of inputs
2489implicitly added to the build process, and in the list of phases
2490executed. Some of these build systems are listed below.
2491
2492@defvr {Scheme Variable} cmake-build-system
2493This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system cmake)}. It
2494implements the build procedure for packages using the
2495@url{http://www.cmake.org, CMake build tool}.
2496
2497It automatically adds the @code{cmake} package to the set of inputs.
2498Which package is used can be specified with the @code{#:cmake}
2499parameter.
2500
2501The @code{#:configure-flags} parameter is taken as a list of flags
2502passed to the @command{cmake} command. The @code{#:build-type}
2503parameter specifies in abstract terms the flags passed to the compiler;
2504it defaults to @code{"RelWithDebInfo"} (short for ``release mode with
2505debugging information''), which roughly means that code is compiled with
2506@code{-O2 -g}, as is the case for Autoconf-based packages by default.
2507@end defvr
2508
2509@defvr {Scheme Variable} glib-or-gtk-build-system
2510This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system glib-or-gtk)}. It
2511is intended for use with packages making use of GLib or GTK+.
2512
2513This build system adds the following two phases to the ones defined by
2514@var{gnu-build-system}:
2515
2516@table @code
2517@item glib-or-gtk-wrap
2518The phase @code{glib-or-gtk-wrap} ensures that programs found under
2519@file{bin/} are able to find GLib's ``schemas'' and
2520@uref{https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/gtk-running.html, GTK+
2521modules}. This is achieved by wrapping the programs in launch scripts
2522that appropriately set the @code{XDG_DATA_DIRS} and @code{GTK_PATH}
2523environment variables.
2524
2525It is possible to exclude specific package outputs from that wrapping
2526process by listing their names in the
2527@code{#:glib-or-gtk-wrap-excluded-outputs} parameter. This is useful
2528when an output is known not to contain any GLib or GTK+ binaries, and
2529where wrapping would gratuitously add a dependency of that output on
2530GLib and GTK+.
2531
2532@item glib-or-gtk-compile-schemas
2533The phase @code{glib-or-gtk-compile-schemas} makes sure that all GLib's
2534@uref{https://developer.gnome.org/gio/stable/glib-compile-schemas.html,
2535GSettings schemas} are compiled. Compilation is performed by the
2536@command{glib-compile-schemas} program. It is provided by the package
2537@code{glib:bin} which is automatically imported by the build system.
2538The @code{glib} package providing @command{glib-compile-schemas} can be
2539specified with the @code{#:glib} parameter.
2540@end table
2541
2542Both phases are executed after the @code{install} phase.
2543@end defvr
2544
2545@defvr {Scheme Variable} python-build-system
2546This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system python)}. It
2547implements the more or less standard build procedure used by Python
2548packages, which consists in running @code{python setup.py build} and
2549then @code{python setup.py install --prefix=/gnu/store/@dots{}}.
2550
2551For packages that install stand-alone Python programs under @code{bin/},
2552it takes care of wrapping these programs so their @code{PYTHONPATH}
2553environment variable points to all the Python libraries they depend on.
2554
2555Which Python package is used can be specified with the @code{#:python}
2556parameter.
2557@end defvr
2558
2559@defvr {Scheme Variable} perl-build-system
2560This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system perl)}. It
2561implements the standard build procedure for Perl packages, which either
2562consists in running @code{perl Build.PL --prefix=/gnu/store/@dots{}},
2563followed by @code{Build} and @code{Build install}; or in running
2564@code{perl Makefile.PL PREFIX=/gnu/store/@dots{}}, followed by
2565@code{make} and @code{make install}; depending on which of
2566@code{Build.PL} or @code{Makefile.PL} is present in the package
2567distribution. Preference is given to the former if both @code{Build.PL}
2568and @code{Makefile.PL} exist in the package distribution. This
2569preference can be reversed by specifying @code{#t} for the
2570@code{#:make-maker?} parameter.
2571
2572The initial @code{perl Makefile.PL} or @code{perl Build.PL} invocation
2573passes flags specified by the @code{#:make-maker-flags} or
2574@code{#:module-build-flags} parameter, respectively.
2575
2576Which Perl package is used can be specified with @code{#:perl}.
2577@end defvr
2578
2579@defvr {Scheme Variable} r-build-system
2580This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system r)}. It
2581implements the build procedure used by @uref{http://r-project.org, R}
2582packages, which essentially is little more than running @code{R CMD
2583INSTALL --library=/gnu/store/@dots{}} in an environment where
2584@code{R_LIBS_SITE} contains the paths to all R package inputs. Tests
2585are run after installation using the R function
2586@code{tools::testInstalledPackage}.
2587@end defvr
2588
2589@defvr {Scheme Variable} ruby-build-system
2590This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system ruby)}. It
2591implements the RubyGems build procedure used by Ruby packages, which
2592involves running @code{gem build} followed by @code{gem install}.
2593
2594The @code{source} field of a package that uses this build system
2595typically references a gem archive, since this is the format that Ruby
2596developers use when releasing their software. The build system unpacks
2597the gem archive, potentially patches the source, runs the test suite,
2598repackages the gem, and installs it. Additionally, directories and
2599tarballs may be referenced to allow building unreleased gems from Git or
2600a traditional source release tarball.
2601
2602Which Ruby package is used can be specified with the @code{#:ruby}
2603parameter. A list of additional flags to be passed to the @command{gem}
2604command can be specified with the @code{#:gem-flags} parameter.
2605@end defvr
2606
2607@defvr {Scheme Variable} waf-build-system
2608This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system waf)}. It
2609implements a build procedure around the @code{waf} script. The common
2610phases---@code{configure}, @code{build}, and @code{install}---are
2611implemented by passing their names as arguments to the @code{waf}
2612script.
2613
2614The @code{waf} script is executed by the Python interpreter. Which
2615Python package is used to run the script can be specified with the
2616@code{#:python} parameter.
2617@end defvr
2618
2619@defvr {Scheme Variable} haskell-build-system
2620This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system haskell)}. It
2621implements the Cabal build procedure used by Haskell packages, which
2622involves running @code{runhaskell Setup.hs configure
2623--prefix=/gnu/store/@dots{}} and @code{runhaskell Setup.hs build}.
2624Instead of installing the package by running @code{runhaskell Setup.hs
2625install}, to avoid trying to register libraries in the read-only
2626compiler store directory, the build system uses @code{runhaskell
2627Setup.hs copy}, followed by @code{runhaskell Setup.hs register}. In
2628addition, the build system generates the package documentation by
2629running @code{runhaskell Setup.hs haddock}, unless @code{#:haddock? #f}
2630is passed. Optional Haddock parameters can be passed with the help of
2631the @code{#:haddock-flags} parameter. If the file @code{Setup.hs} is
2632not found, the build system looks for @code{Setup.lhs} instead.
2633
2634Which Haskell compiler is used can be specified with the @code{#:haskell}
2635parameter which defaults to @code{ghc}.
2636@end defvr
2637
2638@defvr {Scheme Variable} emacs-build-system
2639This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system emacs)}. It
2640implements an installation procedure similar to the one of Emacs' own
2641packaging system (@pxref{Packages,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).
2642
2643It first creates the @code{@var{package}-autoloads.el} file, then it
2644byte compiles all Emacs Lisp files. Differently from the Emacs
2645packaging system, the Info documentation files are moved to the standard
2646documentation directory and the @file{dir} file is deleted. Each
2647package is installed in its own directory under
2648@file{share/emacs/site-lisp/guix.d}.
2649@end defvr
2650
2651Lastly, for packages that do not need anything as sophisticated, a
2652``trivial'' build system is provided. It is trivial in the sense that
2653it provides basically no support: it does not pull any implicit inputs,
2654and does not have a notion of build phases.
2655
2656@defvr {Scheme Variable} trivial-build-system
2657This variable is exported by @code{(guix build-system trivial)}.
2658
2659This build system requires a @code{#:builder} argument. This argument
2660must be a Scheme expression that builds the package's output(s)---as
2661with @code{build-expression->derivation} (@pxref{Derivations,
2662@code{build-expression->derivation}}).
2663@end defvr
2664
2665@node The Store
2666@section The Store
2667
2668@cindex store
2669@cindex store paths
2670
2671Conceptually, the @dfn{store} is where derivations that have been
2672successfully built are stored---by default, under @file{/gnu/store}.
2673Sub-directories in the store are referred to as @dfn{store paths}. The
2674store has an associated database that contains information such as the
2675store paths referred to by each store path, and the list of @emph{valid}
2676store paths---paths that result from a successful build.
2677
2678The store is always accessed by the daemon on behalf of its clients
2679(@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon}). To manipulate the store, clients
2680connect to the daemon over a Unix-domain socket, send it requests, and
2681read the result---these are remote procedure calls, or RPCs.
2682
2683The @code{(guix store)} module provides procedures to connect to the
2684daemon, and to perform RPCs. These are described below.
2685
2686@deffn {Scheme Procedure} open-connection [@var{file}] [#:reserve-space? #t]
2687Connect to the daemon over the Unix-domain socket at @var{file}. When
2688@var{reserve-space?} is true, instruct it to reserve a little bit of
2689extra space on the file system so that the garbage collector can still
2690operate, should the disk become full. Return a server object.
2691
2692@var{file} defaults to @var{%default-socket-path}, which is the normal
2693location given the options that were passed to @command{configure}.
2694@end deffn
2695
2696@deffn {Scheme Procedure} close-connection @var{server}
2697Close the connection to @var{server}.
2698@end deffn
2699
2700@defvr {Scheme Variable} current-build-output-port
2701This variable is bound to a SRFI-39 parameter, which refers to the port
2702where build and error logs sent by the daemon should be written.
2703@end defvr
2704
2705Procedures that make RPCs all take a server object as their first
2706argument.
2707
2708@deffn {Scheme Procedure} valid-path? @var{server} @var{path}
2709Return @code{#t} when @var{path} is a valid store path.
2710@end deffn
2711
2712@deffn {Scheme Procedure} add-text-to-store @var{server} @var{name} @var{text} [@var{references}]
2713Add @var{text} under file @var{name} in the store, and return its store
2714path. @var{references} is the list of store paths referred to by the
2715resulting store path.
2716@end deffn
2717
2718@deffn {Scheme Procedure} build-derivations @var{server} @var{derivations}
2719Build @var{derivations} (a list of @code{<derivation>} objects or
2720derivation paths), and return when the worker is done building them.
2721Return @code{#t} on success.
2722@end deffn
2723
2724Note that the @code{(guix monads)} module provides a monad as well as
2725monadic versions of the above procedures, with the goal of making it
2726more convenient to work with code that accesses the store (@pxref{The
2727Store Monad}).
2728
2729@c FIXME
2730@i{This section is currently incomplete.}
2731
2732@node Derivations
2733@section Derivations
2734
2735@cindex derivations
2736Low-level build actions and the environment in which they are performed
2737are represented by @dfn{derivations}. A derivation contain the
2738following pieces of information:
2739
2740@itemize
2741@item
2742The outputs of the derivation---derivations produce at least one file or
2743directory in the store, but may produce more.
2744
2745@item
2746The inputs of the derivations, which may be other derivations or plain
2747files in the store (patches, build scripts, etc.)
2748
2749@item
2750The system type targeted by the derivation---e.g., @code{x86_64-linux}.
2751
2752@item
2753The file name of a build script in the store, along with the arguments
2754to be passed.
2755
2756@item
2757A list of environment variables to be defined.
2758
2759@end itemize
2760
2761@cindex derivation path
2762Derivations allow clients of the daemon to communicate build actions to
2763the store. They exist in two forms: as an in-memory representation,
2764both on the client- and daemon-side, and as files in the store whose
2765name end in @code{.drv}---these files are referred to as @dfn{derivation
2766paths}. Derivations paths can be passed to the @code{build-derivations}
2767procedure to perform the build actions they prescribe (@pxref{The
2768Store}).
2769
2770The @code{(guix derivations)} module provides a representation of
2771derivations as Scheme objects, along with procedures to create and
2772otherwise manipulate derivations. The lowest-level primitive to create
2773a derivation is the @code{derivation} procedure:
2774
2775@deffn {Scheme Procedure} derivation @var{store} @var{name} @var{builder} @
2776 @var{args} [#:outputs '("out")] [#:hash #f] [#:hash-algo #f] @
2777 [#:recursive? #f] [#:inputs '()] [#:env-vars '()] @
2778 [#:system (%current-system)] [#:references-graphs #f] @
2779 [#:allowed-references #f] [#:leaked-env-vars #f] [#:local-build? #f] @
2780 [#:substitutable? #t]
2781Build a derivation with the given arguments, and return the resulting
2782@code{<derivation>} object.
2783
2784When @var{hash} and @var{hash-algo} are given, a
2785@dfn{fixed-output derivation} is created---i.e., one whose result is
2786known in advance, such as a file download. If, in addition,
2787@var{recursive?} is true, then that fixed output may be an executable
2788file or a directory and @var{hash} must be the hash of an archive
2789containing this output.
2790
2791When @var{references-graphs} is true, it must be a list of file
2792name/store path pairs. In that case, the reference graph of each store
2793path is exported in the build environment in the corresponding file, in
2794a simple text format.
2795
2796When @var{allowed-references} is true, it must be a list of store items
2797or outputs that the derivation's output may refer to.
2798
2799When @var{leaked-env-vars} is true, it must be a list of strings
2800denoting environment variables that are allowed to ``leak'' from the
2801daemon's environment to the build environment. This is only applicable
2802to fixed-output derivations---i.e., when @var{hash} is true. The main
2803use is to allow variables such as @code{http_proxy} to be passed to
2804derivations that download files.
2805
2806When @var{local-build?} is true, declare that the derivation is not a
2807good candidate for offloading and should rather be built locally
2808(@pxref{Daemon Offload Setup}). This is the case for small derivations
2809where the costs of data transfers would outweigh the benefits.
2810
2811When @var{substitutable?} is false, declare that substitutes of the
2812derivation's output should not be used (@pxref{Substitutes}). This is
2813useful, for instance, when building packages that capture details of the
2814host CPU instruction set.
2815@end deffn
2816
2817@noindent
2818Here's an example with a shell script as its builder, assuming
2819@var{store} is an open connection to the daemon, and @var{bash} points
2820to a Bash executable in the store:
2821
2822@lisp
2823(use-modules (guix utils)
2824 (guix store)
2825 (guix derivations))
2826
2827(let ((builder ; add the Bash script to the store
2828 (add-text-to-store store "my-builder.sh"
2829 "echo hello world > $out\n" '())))
2830 (derivation store "foo"
2831 bash `("-e" ,builder)
2832 #:inputs `((,bash) (,builder))
2833 #:env-vars '(("HOME" . "/homeless"))))
2834@result{} #<derivation /gnu/store/@dots{}-foo.drv => /gnu/store/@dots{}-foo>
2835@end lisp
2836
2837As can be guessed, this primitive is cumbersome to use directly. A
2838better approach is to write build scripts in Scheme, of course! The
2839best course of action for that is to write the build code as a
2840``G-expression'', and to pass it to @code{gexp->derivation}. For more
2841information, @pxref{G-Expressions}.
2842
2843Once upon a time, @code{gexp->derivation} did not exist and constructing
2844derivations with build code written in Scheme was achieved with
2845@code{build-expression->derivation}, documented below. This procedure
2846is now deprecated in favor of the much nicer @code{gexp->derivation}.
2847
2848@deffn {Scheme Procedure} build-expression->derivation @var{store} @
2849 @var{name} @var{exp} @
2850 [#:system (%current-system)] [#:inputs '()] @
2851 [#:outputs '("out")] [#:hash #f] [#:hash-algo #f] @
2852 [#:recursive? #f] [#:env-vars '()] [#:modules '()] @
2853 [#:references-graphs #f] [#:allowed-references #f] @
2854 [#:local-build? #f] [#:substitutable? #t] [#:guile-for-build #f]
2855Return a derivation that executes Scheme expression @var{exp} as a
2856builder for derivation @var{name}. @var{inputs} must be a list of
2857@code{(name drv-path sub-drv)} tuples; when @var{sub-drv} is omitted,
2858@code{"out"} is assumed. @var{modules} is a list of names of Guile
2859modules from the current search path to be copied in the store,
2860compiled, and made available in the load path during the execution of
2861@var{exp}---e.g., @code{((guix build utils) (guix build
2862gnu-build-system))}.
2863
2864@var{exp} is evaluated in an environment where @code{%outputs} is bound
2865to a list of output/path pairs, and where @code{%build-inputs} is bound
2866to a list of string/output-path pairs made from @var{inputs}.
2867Optionally, @var{env-vars} is a list of string pairs specifying the name
2868and value of environment variables visible to the builder. The builder
2869terminates by passing the result of @var{exp} to @code{exit}; thus, when
2870@var{exp} returns @code{#f}, the build is considered to have failed.
2871
2872@var{exp} is built using @var{guile-for-build} (a derivation). When
2873@var{guile-for-build} is omitted or is @code{#f}, the value of the
2874@code{%guile-for-build} fluid is used instead.
2875
2876See the @code{derivation} procedure for the meaning of
2877@var{references-graphs}, @var{allowed-references}, @var{local-build?},
2878and @var{substitutable?}.
2879@end deffn
2880
2881@noindent
2882Here's an example of a single-output derivation that creates a directory
2883containing one file:
2884
2885@lisp
2886(let ((builder '(let ((out (assoc-ref %outputs "out")))
2887 (mkdir out) ; create /gnu/store/@dots{}-goo
2888 (call-with-output-file (string-append out "/test")
2889 (lambda (p)
2890 (display '(hello guix) p))))))
2891 (build-expression->derivation store "goo" builder))
2892
2893@result{} #<derivation /gnu/store/@dots{}-goo.drv => @dots{}>
2894@end lisp
2895
2896
2897@node The Store Monad
2898@section The Store Monad
2899
2900@cindex monad
2901
2902The procedures that operate on the store described in the previous
2903sections all take an open connection to the build daemon as their first
2904argument. Although the underlying model is functional, they either have
2905side effects or depend on the current state of the store.
2906
2907The former is inconvenient: the connection to the build daemon has to be
2908carried around in all those functions, making it impossible to compose
2909functions that do not take that parameter with functions that do. The
2910latter can be problematic: since store operations have side effects
2911and/or depend on external state, they have to be properly sequenced.
2912
2913@cindex monadic values
2914@cindex monadic functions
2915This is where the @code{(guix monads)} module comes in. This module
2916provides a framework for working with @dfn{monads}, and a particularly
2917useful monad for our uses, the @dfn{store monad}. Monads are a
2918construct that allows two things: associating ``context'' with values
2919(in our case, the context is the store), and building sequences of
2920computations (here computations include accesses to the store.) Values
2921in a monad---values that carry this additional context---are called
2922@dfn{monadic values}; procedures that return such values are called
2923@dfn{monadic procedures}.
2924
2925Consider this ``normal'' procedure:
2926
2927@example
2928(define (sh-symlink store)
2929 ;; Return a derivation that symlinks the 'bash' executable.
2930 (let* ((drv (package-derivation store bash))
2931 (out (derivation->output-path drv))
2932 (sh (string-append out "/bin/bash")))
2933 (build-expression->derivation store "sh"
2934 `(symlink ,sh %output))))
2935@end example
2936
2937Using @code{(guix monads)} and @code{(guix gexp)}, it may be rewritten
2938as a monadic function:
2939
2940@example
2941(define (sh-symlink)
2942 ;; Same, but return a monadic value.
2943 (mlet %store-monad ((drv (package->derivation bash)))
2944 (gexp->derivation "sh"
2945 #~(symlink (string-append #$drv "/bin/bash")
2946 #$output))))
2947@end example
2948
2949There several things to note in the second version: the @code{store}
2950parameter is now implicit and is ``threaded'' in the calls to the
2951@code{package->derivation} and @code{gexp->derivation} monadic
2952procedures, and the monadic value returned by @code{package->derivation}
2953is @dfn{bound} using @code{mlet} instead of plain @code{let}.
2954
2955As it turns out, the call to @code{package->derivation} can even be
2956omitted since it will take place implicitly, as we will see later
2957(@pxref{G-Expressions}):
2958
2959@example
2960(define (sh-symlink)
2961 (gexp->derivation "sh"
2962 #~(symlink (string-append #$bash "/bin/bash")
2963 #$output)))
2964@end example
2965
2966@c See
2967@c <https://syntaxexclamation.wordpress.com/2014/06/26/escaping-continuations/>
2968@c for the funny quote.
2969Calling the monadic @code{sh-symlink} has no effect. As someone once
2970said, ``you exit a monad like you exit a building on fire: by running''.
2971So, to exit the monad and get the desired effect, one must use
2972@code{run-with-store}:
2973
2974@example
2975(run-with-store (open-connection) (sh-symlink))
2976@result{} /gnu/store/...-sh-symlink
2977@end example
2978
2979Note that the @code{(guix monad-repl)} module extends Guile's REPL with
2980new ``meta-commands'' to make it easier to deal with monadic procedures:
2981@code{run-in-store}, and @code{enter-store-monad}. The former, is used
2982to ``run'' a single monadic value through the store:
2983
2984@example
2985scheme@@(guile-user)> ,run-in-store (package->derivation hello)
2986$1 = #<derivation /gnu/store/@dots{}-hello-2.9.drv => @dots{}>
2987@end example
2988
2989The latter enters a recursive REPL, where all the return values are
2990automatically run through the store:
2991
2992@example
2993scheme@@(guile-user)> ,enter-store-monad
2994store-monad@@(guile-user) [1]> (package->derivation hello)
2995$2 = #<derivation /gnu/store/@dots{}-hello-2.9.drv => @dots{}>
2996store-monad@@(guile-user) [1]> (text-file "foo" "Hello!")
2997$3 = "/gnu/store/@dots{}-foo"
2998store-monad@@(guile-user) [1]> ,q
2999scheme@@(guile-user)>
3000@end example
3001
3002@noindent
3003Note that non-monadic values cannot be returned in the
3004@code{store-monad} REPL.
3005
3006The main syntactic forms to deal with monads in general are provided by
3007the @code{(guix monads)} module and are described below.
3008
3009@deffn {Scheme Syntax} with-monad @var{monad} @var{body} ...
3010Evaluate any @code{>>=} or @code{return} forms in @var{body} as being
3011in @var{monad}.
3012@end deffn
3013
3014@deffn {Scheme Syntax} return @var{val}
3015Return a monadic value that encapsulates @var{val}.
3016@end deffn
3017
3018@deffn {Scheme Syntax} >>= @var{mval} @var{mproc} ...
3019@dfn{Bind} monadic value @var{mval}, passing its ``contents'' to monadic
3020procedures @var{mproc}@dots{}@footnote{This operation is commonly
3021referred to as ``bind'', but that name denotes an unrelated procedure in
3022Guile. Thus we use this somewhat cryptic symbol inherited from the
3023Haskell language.}. There can be one @var{mproc} or several of them, as
3024in this example:
3025
3026@example
3027(run-with-state
3028 (with-monad %state-monad
3029 (>>= (return 1)
3030 (lambda (x) (return (+ 1 x)))
3031 (lambda (x) (return (* 2 x)))))
3032 'some-state)
3033
3034@result{} 4
3035@result{} some-state
3036@end example
3037@end deffn
3038
3039@deffn {Scheme Syntax} mlet @var{monad} ((@var{var} @var{mval}) ...) @
3040 @var{body} ...
3041@deffnx {Scheme Syntax} mlet* @var{monad} ((@var{var} @var{mval}) ...) @
3042 @var{body} ...
3043Bind the variables @var{var} to the monadic values @var{mval} in
3044@var{body}. The form (@var{var} -> @var{val}) binds @var{var} to the
3045``normal'' value @var{val}, as per @code{let}.
3046
3047@code{mlet*} is to @code{mlet} what @code{let*} is to @code{let}
3048(@pxref{Local Bindings,,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}).
3049@end deffn
3050
3051@deffn {Scheme System} mbegin @var{monad} @var{mexp} ...
3052Bind @var{mexp} and the following monadic expressions in sequence,
3053returning the result of the last expression.
3054
3055This is akin to @code{mlet}, except that the return values of the
3056monadic expressions are ignored. In that sense, it is analogous to
3057@code{begin}, but applied to monadic expressions.
3058@end deffn
3059
3060@cindex state monad
3061The @code{(guix monads)} module provides the @dfn{state monad}, which
3062allows an additional value---the state---to be @emph{threaded} through
3063monadic procedure calls.
3064
3065@defvr {Scheme Variable} %state-monad
3066The state monad. Procedures in the state monad can access and change
3067the state that is threaded.
3068
3069Consider the example below. The @code{square} procedure returns a value
3070in the state monad. It returns the square of its argument, but also
3071increments the current state value:
3072
3073@example
3074(define (square x)
3075 (mlet %state-monad ((count (current-state)))
3076 (mbegin %state-monad
3077 (set-current-state (+ 1 count))
3078 (return (* x x)))))
3079
3080(run-with-state (sequence %state-monad (map square (iota 3))) 0)
3081@result{} (0 1 4)
3082@result{} 3
3083@end example
3084
3085When ``run'' through @var{%state-monad}, we obtain that additional state
3086value, which is the number of @code{square} calls.
3087@end defvr
3088
3089@deffn {Monadic Procedure} current-state
3090Return the current state as a monadic value.
3091@end deffn
3092
3093@deffn {Monadic Procedure} set-current-state @var{value}
3094Set the current state to @var{value} and return the previous state as a
3095monadic value.
3096@end deffn
3097
3098@deffn {Monadic Procedure} state-push @var{value}
3099Push @var{value} to the current state, which is assumed to be a list,
3100and return the previous state as a monadic value.
3101@end deffn
3102
3103@deffn {Monadic Procedure} state-pop
3104Pop a value from the current state and return it as a monadic value.
3105The state is assumed to be a list.
3106@end deffn
3107
3108@deffn {Scheme Procedure} run-with-state @var{mval} [@var{state}]
3109Run monadic value @var{mval} starting with @var{state} as the initial
3110state. Return two values: the resulting value, and the resulting state.
3111@end deffn
3112
3113The main interface to the store monad, provided by the @code{(guix
3114store)} module, is as follows.
3115
3116@defvr {Scheme Variable} %store-monad
3117The store monad---an alias for @var{%state-monad}.
3118
3119Values in the store monad encapsulate accesses to the store. When its
3120effect is needed, a value of the store monad must be ``evaluated'' by
3121passing it to the @code{run-with-store} procedure (see below.)
3122@end defvr
3123
3124@deffn {Scheme Procedure} run-with-store @var{store} @var{mval} [#:guile-for-build] [#:system (%current-system)]
3125Run @var{mval}, a monadic value in the store monad, in @var{store}, an
3126open store connection.
3127@end deffn
3128
3129@deffn {Monadic Procedure} text-file @var{name} @var{text} [@var{references}]
3130Return as a monadic value the absolute file name in the store of the file
3131containing @var{text}, a string. @var{references} is a list of store items that the
3132resulting text file refers to; it defaults to the empty list.
3133@end deffn
3134
3135@deffn {Monadic Procedure} interned-file @var{file} [@var{name}] @
3136 [#:recursive? #t]
3137Return the name of @var{file} once interned in the store. Use
3138@var{name} as its store name, or the basename of @var{file} if
3139@var{name} is omitted.
3140
3141When @var{recursive?} is true, the contents of @var{file} are added
3142recursively; if @var{file} designates a flat file and @var{recursive?}
3143is true, its contents are added, and its permission bits are kept.
3144
3145The example below adds a file to the store, under two different names:
3146
3147@example
3148(run-with-store (open-connection)
3149 (mlet %store-monad ((a (interned-file "README"))
3150 (b (interned-file "README" "LEGU-MIN")))
3151 (return (list a b))))
3152
3153@result{} ("/gnu/store/rwm@dots{}-README" "/gnu/store/44i@dots{}-LEGU-MIN")
3154@end example
3155
3156@end deffn
3157
3158The @code{(guix packages)} module exports the following package-related
3159monadic procedures:
3160
3161@deffn {Monadic Procedure} package-file @var{package} [@var{file}] @
3162 [#:system (%current-system)] [#:target #f] @
3163 [#:output "out"] Return as a monadic
3164value in the absolute file name of @var{file} within the @var{output}
3165directory of @var{package}. When @var{file} is omitted, return the name
3166of the @var{output} directory of @var{package}. When @var{target} is
3167true, use it as a cross-compilation target triplet.
3168@end deffn
3169
3170@deffn {Monadic Procedure} package->derivation @var{package} [@var{system}]
3171@deffnx {Monadic Procedure} package->cross-derivation @var{package} @
3172 @var{target} [@var{system}]
3173Monadic version of @code{package-derivation} and
3174@code{package-cross-derivation} (@pxref{Defining Packages}).
3175@end deffn
3176
3177
3178@node G-Expressions
3179@section G-Expressions
3180
3181@cindex G-expression
3182@cindex build code quoting
3183So we have ``derivations'', which represent a sequence of build actions
3184to be performed to produce an item in the store (@pxref{Derivations}).
3185Those build actions are performed when asking the daemon to actually
3186build the derivations; they are run by the daemon in a container
3187(@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon}).
3188
3189@cindex strata of code
3190It should come as no surprise that we like to write those build actions
3191in Scheme. When we do that, we end up with two @dfn{strata} of Scheme
3192code@footnote{The term @dfn{stratum} in this context was coined by
3193Manuel Serrano et al.@: in the context of their work on Hop. Oleg
3194Kiselyov, who has written insightful
3195@url{http://okmij.org/ftp/meta-programming/#meta-scheme, essays and code
3196on this topic}, refers to this kind of code generation as
3197@dfn{staging}.}: the ``host code''---code that defines packages, talks
3198to the daemon, etc.---and the ``build code''---code that actually
3199performs build actions, such as making directories, invoking
3200@command{make}, etc.
3201
3202To describe a derivation and its build actions, one typically needs to
3203embed build code inside host code. It boils down to manipulating build
3204code as data, and Scheme's homoiconicity---code has a direct
3205representation as data---comes in handy for that. But we need more than
3206Scheme's normal @code{quasiquote} mechanism to construct build
3207expressions.
3208
3209The @code{(guix gexp)} module implements @dfn{G-expressions}, a form of
3210S-expressions adapted to build expressions. G-expressions, or
3211@dfn{gexps}, consist essentially in three syntactic forms: @code{gexp},
3212@code{ungexp}, and @code{ungexp-splicing} (or simply: @code{#~},
3213@code{#$}, and @code{#$@@}), which are comparable respectively to
3214@code{quasiquote}, @code{unquote}, and @code{unquote-splicing}
3215(@pxref{Expression Syntax, @code{quasiquote},, guile, GNU Guile
3216Reference Manual}). However, there are major differences:
3217
3218@itemize
3219@item
3220Gexps are meant to be written to a file and run or manipulated by other
3221processes.
3222
3223@item
3224When a high-level object such as a package or derivation is unquoted
3225inside a gexp, the result is as if its output file name had been
3226introduced.
3227
3228@item
3229Gexps carry information about the packages or derivations they refer to,
3230and these dependencies are automatically added as inputs to the build
3231processes that use them.
3232@end itemize
3233
3234@cindex lowering, of high-level objects in gexps
3235This mechanism is not limited to package and derivation
3236objects: @dfn{compilers} able to ``lower'' other high-level objects to
3237derivations or files in the store can be defined,
3238such that these objects can also be inserted
3239into gexps. For example, a useful type of high-level object that can be
3240inserted in a gexp is ``file-like objects'', which make it easy to
3241add files to the store and refer to them in
3242derivations and such (see @code{local-file} and @code{plain-file}
3243below.)
3244
3245To illustrate the idea, here is an example of a gexp:
3246
3247@example
3248(define build-exp
3249 #~(begin
3250 (mkdir #$output)
3251 (chdir #$output)
3252 (symlink (string-append #$coreutils "/bin/ls")
3253 "list-files")))
3254@end example
3255
3256This gexp can be passed to @code{gexp->derivation}; we obtain a
3257derivation that builds a directory containing exactly one symlink to
3258@file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.22/bin/ls}:
3259
3260@example
3261(gexp->derivation "the-thing" build-exp)
3262@end example
3263
3264As one would expect, the @code{"/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.22"} string is
3265substituted to the reference to the @var{coreutils} package in the
3266actual build code, and @var{coreutils} is automatically made an input to
3267the derivation. Likewise, @code{#$output} (equivalent to @code{(ungexp
3268output)}) is replaced by a string containing the derivation's output
3269directory name.
3270
3271@cindex cross compilation
3272In a cross-compilation context, it is useful to distinguish between
3273references to the @emph{native} build of a package---that can run on the
3274host---versus references to cross builds of a package. To that end, the
3275@code{#+} plays the same role as @code{#$}, but is a reference to a
3276native package build:
3277
3278@example
3279(gexp->derivation "vi"
3280 #~(begin
3281 (mkdir #$output)
3282 (system* (string-append #+coreutils "/bin/ln")
3283 "-s"
3284 (string-append #$emacs "/bin/emacs")
3285 (string-append #$output "/bin/vi")))
3286 #:target "mips64el-linux")
3287@end example
3288
3289@noindent
3290In the example above, the native build of @var{coreutils} is used, so
3291that @command{ln} can actually run on the host; but then the
3292cross-compiled build of @var{emacs} is referenced.
3293
3294The syntactic form to construct gexps is summarized below.
3295
3296@deffn {Scheme Syntax} #~@var{exp}
3297@deffnx {Scheme Syntax} (gexp @var{exp})
3298Return a G-expression containing @var{exp}. @var{exp} may contain one
3299or more of the following forms:
3300
3301@table @code
3302@item #$@var{obj}
3303@itemx (ungexp @var{obj})
3304Introduce a reference to @var{obj}. @var{obj} may have one of the
3305supported types, for example a package or a
3306derivation, in which case the @code{ungexp} form is replaced by its
3307output file name---e.g., @code{"/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.22}.
3308
3309If @var{obj} is a list, it is traversed and references to supported
3310objects are substituted similarly.
3311
3312If @var{obj} is another gexp, its contents are inserted and its
3313dependencies are added to those of the containing gexp.
3314
3315If @var{obj} is another kind of object, it is inserted as is.
3316
3317@item #$@var{obj}:@var{output}
3318@itemx (ungexp @var{obj} @var{output})
3319This is like the form above, but referring explicitly to the
3320@var{output} of @var{obj}---this is useful when @var{obj} produces
3321multiple outputs (@pxref{Packages with Multiple Outputs}).
3322
3323@item #+@var{obj}
3324@itemx #+@var{obj}:output
3325@itemx (ungexp-native @var{obj})
3326@itemx (ungexp-native @var{obj} @var{output})
3327Same as @code{ungexp}, but produces a reference to the @emph{native}
3328build of @var{obj} when used in a cross compilation context.
3329
3330@item #$output[:@var{output}]
3331@itemx (ungexp output [@var{output}])
3332Insert a reference to derivation output @var{output}, or to the main
3333output when @var{output} is omitted.
3334
3335This only makes sense for gexps passed to @code{gexp->derivation}.
3336
3337@item #$@@@var{lst}
3338@itemx (ungexp-splicing @var{lst})
3339Like the above, but splices the contents of @var{lst} inside the
3340containing list.
3341
3342@item #+@@@var{lst}
3343@itemx (ungexp-native-splicing @var{lst})
3344Like the above, but refers to native builds of the objects listed in
3345@var{lst}.
3346
3347@end table
3348
3349G-expressions created by @code{gexp} or @code{#~} are run-time objects
3350of the @code{gexp?} type (see below.)
3351@end deffn
3352
3353@deffn {Scheme Procedure} gexp? @var{obj}
3354Return @code{#t} if @var{obj} is a G-expression.
3355@end deffn
3356
3357G-expressions are meant to be written to disk, either as code building
3358some derivation, or as plain files in the store. The monadic procedures
3359below allow you to do that (@pxref{The Store Monad}, for more
3360information about monads.)
3361
3362@deffn {Monadic Procedure} gexp->derivation @var{name} @var{exp} @
3363 [#:system (%current-system)] [#:target #f] [#:graft? #t] @
3364 [#:hash #f] [#:hash-algo #f] @
3365 [#:recursive? #f] [#:env-vars '()] [#:modules '()] @
3366 [#:module-path @var{%load-path}] @
3367 [#:references-graphs #f] [#:allowed-references #f] @
3368 [#:leaked-env-vars #f] @
3369 [#:script-name (string-append @var{name} "-builder")] @
3370 [#:local-build? #f] [#:substitutable? #t] [#:guile-for-build #f]
3371Return a derivation @var{name} that runs @var{exp} (a gexp) with
3372@var{guile-for-build} (a derivation) on @var{system}; @var{exp} is
3373stored in a file called @var{script-name}. When @var{target} is true,
3374it is used as the cross-compilation target triplet for packages referred
3375to by @var{exp}.
3376
3377Make @var{modules} available in the evaluation context of @var{exp};
3378@var{modules} is a list of names of Guile modules searched in
3379@var{module-path} to be copied in the store, compiled, and made available in
3380the load path during the execution of @var{exp}---e.g., @code{((guix
3381build utils) (guix build gnu-build-system))}.
3382
3383@var{graft?} determines whether packages referred to by @var{exp} should be grafted when
3384applicable.
3385
3386When @var{references-graphs} is true, it must be a list of tuples of one of the
3387following forms:
3388
3389@example
3390(@var{file-name} @var{package})
3391(@var{file-name} @var{package} @var{output})
3392(@var{file-name} @var{derivation})
3393(@var{file-name} @var{derivation} @var{output})
3394(@var{file-name} @var{store-item})
3395@end example
3396
3397The right-hand-side of each element of @var{references-graphs} is automatically made
3398an input of the build process of @var{exp}. In the build environment, each
3399@var{file-name} contains the reference graph of the corresponding item, in a simple
3400text format.
3401
3402@var{allowed-references} must be either @code{#f} or a list of output names and packages.
3403In the latter case, the list denotes store items that the result is allowed to
3404refer to. Any reference to another store item will lead to a build error.
3405
3406The other arguments are as for @code{derivation} (@pxref{Derivations}).
3407@end deffn
3408
3409@cindex file-like objects
3410The @code{local-file}, @code{plain-file}, @code{computed-file},
3411@code{program-file}, and @code{scheme-file} procedures below return
3412@dfn{file-like objects}. That is, when unquoted in a G-expression,
3413these objects lead to a file in the store. Consider this G-expression:
3414
3415@example
3416#~(system* (string-append #$glibc "/sbin/nscd") "-f"
3417 #$(local-file "/tmp/my-nscd.conf"))
3418@end example
3419
3420The effect here is to ``intern'' @file{/tmp/my-nscd.conf} by copying it
3421to the store. Once expanded, for instance @i{via}
3422@code{gexp->derivation}, the G-expression refers to that copy under
3423@file{/gnu/store}; thus, modifying or removing the file in @file{/tmp}
3424does not have any effect on what the G-expression does.
3425@code{plain-file} can be used similarly; it differs in that the file
3426content is directly passed as a string.
3427
3428@deffn {Scheme Procedure} local-file @var{file} [@var{name}] @
3429 [#:recursive? #t]
3430Return an object representing local file @var{file} to add to the store; this
3431object can be used in a gexp. @var{file} will be added to the store under @var{name}--by
3432default the base name of @var{file}.
3433
3434When @var{recursive?} is true, the contents of @var{file} are added recursively; if @var{file}
3435designates a flat file and @var{recursive?} is true, its contents are added, and its
3436permission bits are kept.
3437
3438This is the declarative counterpart of the @code{interned-file} monadic
3439procedure (@pxref{The Store Monad, @code{interned-file}}).
3440@end deffn
3441
3442@deffn {Scheme Procedure} plain-file @var{name} @var{content}
3443Return an object representing a text file called @var{name} with the given
3444@var{content} (a string) to be added to the store.
3445
3446This is the declarative counterpart of @code{text-file}.
3447@end deffn
3448
3449@deffn {Scheme Procedure} computed-file @var{name} @var{gexp} @
3450 [#:modules '()] [#:options '(#:local-build? #t)]
3451Return an object representing the store item @var{name}, a file or
3452directory computed by @var{gexp}. @var{modules} specifies the set of
3453modules visible in the execution context of @var{gexp}. @var{options}
3454is a list of additional arguments to pass to @code{gexp->derivation}.
3455
3456This is the declarative counterpart of @code{gexp->derivation}.
3457@end deffn
3458
3459@deffn {Monadic Procedure} gexp->script @var{name} @var{exp}
3460Return an executable script @var{name} that runs @var{exp} using
3461@var{guile} with @var{modules} in its search path.
3462
3463The example below builds a script that simply invokes the @command{ls}
3464command:
3465
3466@example
3467(use-modules (guix gexp) (gnu packages base))
3468
3469(gexp->script "list-files"
3470 #~(execl (string-append #$coreutils "/bin/ls")
3471 "ls"))
3472@end example
3473
3474When ``running'' it through the store (@pxref{The Store Monad,
3475@code{run-with-store}}), we obtain a derivation that produces an
3476executable file @file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-list-files} along these lines:
3477
3478@example
3479#!/gnu/store/@dots{}-guile-2.0.11/bin/guile -ds
3480!#
3481(execl (string-append "/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.22"/bin/ls")
3482 "ls")
3483@end example
3484@end deffn
3485
3486@deffn {Scheme Procedure} program-file @var{name} @var{exp} @
3487 [#:modules '()] [#:guile #f]
3488Return an object representing the executable store item @var{name} that
3489runs @var{gexp}. @var{guile} is the Guile package used to execute that
3490script, and @var{modules} is the list of modules visible to that script.
3491
3492This is the declarative counterpart of @code{gexp->script}.
3493@end deffn
3494
3495@deffn {Monadic Procedure} gexp->file @var{name} @var{exp}
3496Return a derivation that builds a file @var{name} containing @var{exp}.
3497
3498The resulting file holds references to all the dependencies of @var{exp}
3499or a subset thereof.
3500@end deffn
3501
3502@deffn {Scheme Procedure} scheme-file @var{name} @var{exp}
3503Return an object representing the Scheme file @var{name} that contains
3504@var{exp}.
3505
3506This is the declarative counterpart of @code{gexp->file}.
3507@end deffn
3508
3509@deffn {Monadic Procedure} text-file* @var{name} @var{text} @dots{}
3510Return as a monadic value a derivation that builds a text file
3511containing all of @var{text}. @var{text} may list, in addition to
3512strings, objects of any type that can be used in a gexp: packages,
3513derivations, local file objects, etc. The resulting store file holds
3514references to all these.
3515
3516This variant should be preferred over @code{text-file} anytime the file
3517to create will reference items from the store. This is typically the
3518case when building a configuration file that embeds store file names,
3519like this:
3520
3521@example
3522(define (profile.sh)
3523 ;; Return the name of a shell script in the store that
3524 ;; initializes the 'PATH' environment variable.
3525 (text-file* "profile.sh"
3526 "export PATH=" coreutils "/bin:"
3527 grep "/bin:" sed "/bin\n"))
3528@end example
3529
3530In this example, the resulting @file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-profile.sh} file
3531will references @var{coreutils}, @var{grep}, and @var{sed}, thereby
3532preventing them from being garbage-collected during its lifetime.
3533@end deffn
3534
3535@deffn {Scheme Procedure} mixed-text-file @var{name} @var{text} @dots{}
3536Return an object representing store file @var{name} containing
3537@var{text}. @var{text} is a sequence of strings and file-like objects,
3538as in:
3539
3540@example
3541(mixed-text-file "profile"
3542 "export PATH=" coreutils "/bin:" grep "/bin")
3543@end example
3544
3545This is the declarative counterpart of @code{text-file*}.
3546@end deffn
3547
3548Of course, in addition to gexps embedded in ``host'' code, there are
3549also modules containing build tools. To make it clear that they are
3550meant to be used in the build stratum, these modules are kept in the
3551@code{(guix build @dots{})} name space.
3552
3553@cindex lowering, of high-level objects in gexps
3554Internally, high-level objects are @dfn{lowered}, using their compiler,
3555to either derivations or store items. For instance, lowering a package
3556yields a derivation, and lowering a @code{plain-file} yields a store
3557item. This is achieved using the @code{lower-object} monadic procedure.
3558
3559@deffn {Monadic Procedure} lower-object @var{obj} [@var{system}] @
3560 [#:target #f]
3561Return as a value in @var{%store-monad} the derivation or store item
3562corresponding to @var{obj} for @var{system}, cross-compiling for
3563@var{target} if @var{target} is true. @var{obj} must be an object that
3564has an associated gexp compiler, such as a @code{<package>}.
3565@end deffn
3566
3567
3568@c *********************************************************************
3569@node Utilities
3570@chapter Utilities
3571
3572This section describes tools primarily targeted at developers and users
3573who write new package definitions. They complement the Scheme
3574programming interface of Guix in a convenient way.
3575
3576@menu
3577* Invoking guix build:: Building packages from the command line.
3578* Invoking guix edit:: Editing package definitions.
3579* Invoking guix download:: Downloading a file and printing its hash.
3580* Invoking guix hash:: Computing the cryptographic hash of a file.
3581* Invoking guix import:: Importing package definitions.
3582* Invoking guix refresh:: Updating package definitions.
3583* Invoking guix lint:: Finding errors in package definitions.
3584* Invoking guix size:: Profiling disk usage.
3585* Invoking guix graph:: Visualizing the graph of packages.
3586* Invoking guix environment:: Setting up development environments.
3587* Invoking guix publish:: Sharing substitutes.
3588* Invoking guix challenge:: Challenging substitute servers.
3589* Invoking guix container:: Process isolation.
3590@end menu
3591
3592@node Invoking guix build
3593@section Invoking @command{guix build}
3594
3595The @command{guix build} command builds packages or derivations and
3596their dependencies, and prints the resulting store paths. Note that it
3597does not modify the user's profile---this is the job of the
3598@command{guix package} command (@pxref{Invoking guix package}). Thus,
3599it is mainly useful for distribution developers.
3600
3601The general syntax is:
3602
3603@example
3604guix build @var{options} @var{package-or-derivation}@dots{}
3605@end example
3606
3607@var{package-or-derivation} may be either the name of a package found in
3608the software distribution such as @code{coreutils} or
3609@code{coreutils-8.20}, or a derivation such as
3610@file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.19.drv}. In the former case, a
3611package with the corresponding name (and optionally version) is searched
3612for among the GNU distribution modules (@pxref{Package Modules}).
3613
3614Alternatively, the @code{--expression} option may be used to specify a
3615Scheme expression that evaluates to a package; this is useful when
3616disambiguation among several same-named packages or package variants is
3617needed.
3618
3619The @var{options} may be zero or more of the following:
3620
3621@table @code
3622
3623@item --file=@var{file}
3624@itemx -f @var{file}
3625
3626Build the package or derivation that the code within @var{file}
3627evaluates to.
3628
3629As an example, @var{file} might contain a package definition like this
3630(@pxref{Defining Packages}):
3631
3632@example
3633@verbatiminclude package-hello.scm
3634@end example
3635
3636@item --expression=@var{expr}
3637@itemx -e @var{expr}
3638Build the package or derivation @var{expr} evaluates to.
3639
3640For example, @var{expr} may be @code{(@@ (gnu packages guile)
3641guile-1.8)}, which unambiguously designates this specific variant of
3642version 1.8 of Guile.
3643
3644Alternately, @var{expr} may be a G-expression, in which case it is used
3645as a build program passed to @code{gexp->derivation}
3646(@pxref{G-Expressions}).
3647
3648Lastly, @var{expr} may refer to a zero-argument monadic procedure
3649(@pxref{The Store Monad}). The procedure must return a derivation as a
3650monadic value, which is then passed through @code{run-with-store}.
3651
3652@item --source
3653@itemx -S
3654Build the packages' source derivations, rather than the packages
3655themselves.
3656
3657For instance, @code{guix build -S gcc} returns something like
3658@file{/gnu/store/@dots{}-gcc-4.7.2.tar.bz2}, which is GCC's source tarball.
3659
3660The returned source tarball is the result of applying any patches and
3661code snippets specified in the package's @code{origin} (@pxref{Defining
3662Packages}).
3663
3664@item --sources
3665Fetch and return the source of @var{package-or-derivation} and all their
3666dependencies, recursively. This is a handy way to obtain a local copy
3667of all the source code needed to build @var{packages}, allowing you to
3668eventually build them even without network access. It is an extension
3669of the @code{--source} option and can accept one of the following
3670optional argument values:
3671
3672@table @code
3673@item package
3674This value causes the @code{--sources} option to behave in the same way
3675as the @code{--source} option.
3676
3677@item all
3678Build all packages' source derivations, including any source that might
3679be listed as @code{inputs}. This is the default value.
3680
3681@example
3682$ guix build --sources tzdata
3683The following derivations will be built:
3684 /gnu/store/@dots{}-tzdata2015b.tar.gz.drv
3685 /gnu/store/@dots{}-tzcode2015b.tar.gz.drv
3686@end example
3687
3688@item transitive
3689Build all packages' source derivations, as well as all source
3690derivations for packages' transitive inputs. This can be used e.g. to
3691prefetch package source for later offline building.
3692
3693@example
3694$ guix build --sources=transitive tzdata
3695The following derivations will be built:
3696 /gnu/store/@dots{}-tzcode2015b.tar.gz.drv
3697 /gnu/store/@dots{}-findutils-4.4.2.tar.xz.drv
3698 /gnu/store/@dots{}-grep-2.21.tar.xz.drv
3699 /gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.23.tar.xz.drv
3700 /gnu/store/@dots{}-make-4.1.tar.xz.drv
3701 /gnu/store/@dots{}-bash-4.3.tar.xz.drv
3702@dots{}
3703@end example
3704
3705@end table
3706
3707@item --system=@var{system}
3708@itemx -s @var{system}
3709Attempt to build for @var{system}---e.g., @code{i686-linux}---instead of
3710the host's system type.
3711
3712An example use of this is on Linux-based systems, which can emulate
3713different personalities. For instance, passing
3714@code{--system=i686-linux} on an @code{x86_64-linux} system allows users
3715to build packages in a complete 32-bit environment.
3716
3717@item --target=@var{triplet}
3718@cindex cross-compilation
3719Cross-build for @var{triplet}, which must be a valid GNU triplet, such
3720as @code{"mips64el-linux-gnu"} (@pxref{Configuration Names, GNU
3721configuration triplets,, configure, GNU Configure and Build System}).
3722
3723@item --with-source=@var{source}
3724Use @var{source} as the source of the corresponding package.
3725@var{source} must be a file name or a URL, as for @command{guix
3726download} (@pxref{Invoking guix download}).
3727
3728The ``corresponding package'' is taken to be one specified on the
3729command line whose name matches the base of @var{source}---e.g., if
3730@var{source} is @code{/src/guile-2.0.10.tar.gz}, the corresponding
3731package is @code{guile}. Likewise, the version string is inferred from
3732@var{source}; in the previous example, it's @code{2.0.10}.
3733
3734This option allows users to try out versions of packages other than the
3735one provided by the distribution. The example below downloads
3736@file{ed-1.7.tar.gz} from a GNU mirror and uses that as the source for
3737the @code{ed} package:
3738
3739@example
3740guix build ed --with-source=mirror://gnu/ed/ed-1.7.tar.gz
3741@end example
3742
3743As a developer, @code{--with-source} makes it easy to test release
3744candidates:
3745
3746@example
3747guix build guile --with-source=../guile-2.0.9.219-e1bb7.tar.xz
3748@end example
3749
3750@dots{} or to build from a checkout in a pristine environment:
3751
3752@example
3753$ git clone git://git.sv.gnu.org/guix.git
3754$ guix build guix --with-source=./guix
3755@end example
3756
3757@item --no-grafts
3758Do not ``graft'' packages. In practice, this means that package updates
3759available as grafts are not applied. @xref{Security Updates}, for more
3760information on grafts.
3761
3762@item --derivations
3763@itemx -d
3764Return the derivation paths, not the output paths, of the given
3765packages.
3766
3767@item --root=@var{file}
3768@itemx -r @var{file}
3769Make @var{file} a symlink to the result, and register it as a garbage
3770collector root.
3771
3772@item --log-file
3773Return the build log file names or URLs for the given
3774@var{package-or-derivation}s, or raise an error if build logs are
3775missing.
3776
3777This works regardless of how packages or derivations are specified. For
3778instance, the following invocations are equivalent:
3779
3780@example
3781guix build --log-file `guix build -d guile`
3782guix build --log-file `guix build guile`
3783guix build --log-file guile
3784guix build --log-file -e '(@@ (gnu packages guile) guile-2.0)'
3785@end example
3786
3787If a log is unavailable locally, and unless @code{--no-substitutes} is
3788passed, the command looks for a corresponding log on one of the
3789substitute servers (as specified with @code{--substitute-urls}.)
3790
3791So for instance, let's say you want to see the build log of GDB on MIPS
3792but you're actually on an @code{x86_64} machine:
3793
3794@example
3795$ guix build --log-file gdb -s mips64el-linux
3796http://hydra.gnu.org/log/@dots{}-gdb-7.10
3797@end example
3798
3799You can freely access a huge library of build logs!
3800@end table
3801
3802@cindex common build options
3803In addition, a number of options that control the build process are
3804common to @command{guix build} and other commands that can spawn builds,
3805such as @command{guix package} or @command{guix archive}. These are the
3806following:
3807
3808@table @code
3809
3810@item --load-path=@var{directory}
3811@itemx -L @var{directory}
3812Add @var{directory} to the front of the package module search path
3813(@pxref{Package Modules}).
3814
3815This allows users to define their own packages and make them visible to
3816the command-line tools.
3817
3818@item --keep-failed
3819@itemx -K
3820Keep the build tree of failed builds. Thus, if a build fail, its build
3821tree is kept under @file{/tmp}, in a directory whose name is shown at
3822the end of the build log. This is useful when debugging build issues.
3823
3824@item --dry-run
3825@itemx -n
3826Do not build the derivations.
3827
3828@item --fallback
3829When substituting a pre-built binary fails, fall back to building
3830packages locally.
3831
3832@item --substitute-urls=@var{urls}
3833@anchor{client-substitute-urls}
3834Consider @var{urls} the whitespace-separated list of substitute source
3835URLs, overriding the default list of URLs of @command{guix-daemon}
3836(@pxref{daemon-substitute-urls,, @command{guix-daemon} URLs}).
3837
3838This means that substitutes may be downloaded from @var{urls}, provided
3839they are signed by a key authorized by the system administrator
3840(@pxref{Substitutes}).
3841
3842@item --no-substitutes
3843Do not use substitutes for build products. That is, always build things
3844locally instead of allowing downloads of pre-built binaries
3845(@pxref{Substitutes}).
3846
3847@item --no-build-hook
3848Do not attempt to offload builds @i{via} the daemon's ``build hook''
3849(@pxref{Daemon Offload Setup}). That is, always build things locally
3850instead of offloading builds to remote machines.
3851
3852@item --max-silent-time=@var{seconds}
3853When the build or substitution process remains silent for more than
3854@var{seconds}, terminate it and report a build failure.
3855
3856@item --timeout=@var{seconds}
3857Likewise, when the build or substitution process lasts for more than
3858@var{seconds}, terminate it and report a build failure.
3859
3860By default there is no timeout. This behavior can be restored with
3861@code{--timeout=0}.
3862
3863@item --verbosity=@var{level}
3864Use the given verbosity level. @var{level} must be an integer between 0
3865and 5; higher means more verbose output. Setting a level of 4 or more
3866may be helpful when debugging setup issues with the build daemon.
3867
3868@item --cores=@var{n}
3869@itemx -c @var{n}
3870Allow the use of up to @var{n} CPU cores for the build. The special
3871value @code{0} means to use as many CPU cores as available.
3872
3873@item --max-jobs=@var{n}
3874@itemx -M @var{n}
3875Allow at most @var{n} build jobs in parallel. @xref{Invoking
3876guix-daemon, @code{--max-jobs}}, for details about this option and the
3877equivalent @command{guix-daemon} option.
3878
3879@end table
3880
3881Behind the scenes, @command{guix build} is essentially an interface to
3882the @code{package-derivation} procedure of the @code{(guix packages)}
3883module, and to the @code{build-derivations} procedure of the @code{(guix
3884derivations)} module.
3885
3886In addition to options explicitly passed on the command line,
3887@command{guix build} and other @command{guix} commands that support
3888building honor the @code{GUIX_BUILD_OPTIONS} environment variable.
3889
3890@defvr {Environment Variable} GUIX_BUILD_OPTIONS
3891Users can define this variable to a list of command line options that
3892will automatically be used by @command{guix build} and other
3893@command{guix} commands that can perform builds, as in the example
3894below:
3895
3896@example
3897$ export GUIX_BUILD_OPTIONS="--no-substitutes -c 2 -L /foo/bar"
3898@end example
3899
3900These options are parsed independently, and the result is appended to
3901the parsed command-line options.
3902@end defvr
3903
3904
3905@node Invoking guix edit
3906@section Invoking @command{guix edit}
3907
3908@cindex package definition, editing
3909So many packages, so many source files! The @command{guix edit} command
3910facilitates the life of packagers by pointing their editor at the source
3911file containing the definition of the specified packages. For instance:
3912
3913@example
3914guix edit gcc-4.8 vim
3915@end example
3916
3917@noindent
3918launches the program specified in the @code{EDITOR} environment variable
3919to edit the recipe of GCC@tie{}4.8.4 and that of Vim.
3920
3921If you are using Emacs, note that the Emacs user interface provides
3922similar functionality in the ``package info'' and ``package list''
3923buffers created by @kbd{M-x guix-search-by-name} and similar commands
3924(@pxref{Emacs Commands}).
3925
3926
3927@node Invoking guix download
3928@section Invoking @command{guix download}
3929
3930When writing a package definition, developers typically need to download
3931the package's source tarball, compute its SHA256 hash, and write that
3932hash in the package definition (@pxref{Defining Packages}). The
3933@command{guix download} tool helps with this task: it downloads a file
3934from the given URI, adds it to the store, and prints both its file name
3935in the store and its SHA256 hash.
3936
3937The fact that the downloaded file is added to the store saves bandwidth:
3938when the developer eventually tries to build the newly defined package
3939with @command{guix build}, the source tarball will not have to be
3940downloaded again because it is already in the store. It is also a
3941convenient way to temporarily stash files, which may be deleted
3942eventually (@pxref{Invoking guix gc}).
3943
3944The @command{guix download} command supports the same URIs as used in
3945package definitions. In particular, it supports @code{mirror://} URIs.
3946@code{https} URIs (HTTP over TLS) are supported @emph{provided} the
3947Guile bindings for GnuTLS are available in the user's environment; when
3948they are not available, an error is raised. @xref{Guile Preparations,
3949how to install the GnuTLS bindings for Guile,, gnutls-guile,
3950GnuTLS-Guile}, for more information.
3951
3952The following option is available:
3953
3954@table @code
3955@item --format=@var{fmt}
3956@itemx -f @var{fmt}
3957Write the hash in the format specified by @var{fmt}. For more
3958information on the valid values for @var{fmt}, @pxref{Invoking guix hash}.
3959@end table
3960
3961@node Invoking guix hash
3962@section Invoking @command{guix hash}
3963
3964The @command{guix hash} command computes the SHA256 hash of a file.
3965It is primarily a convenience tool for anyone contributing to the
3966distribution: it computes the cryptographic hash of a file, which can be
3967used in the definition of a package (@pxref{Defining Packages}).
3968
3969The general syntax is:
3970
3971@example
3972guix hash @var{option} @var{file}
3973@end example
3974
3975@command{guix hash} has the following option:
3976
3977@table @code
3978
3979@item --format=@var{fmt}
3980@itemx -f @var{fmt}
3981Write the hash in the format specified by @var{fmt}.
3982
3983Supported formats: @code{nix-base32}, @code{base32}, @code{base16}
3984(@code{hex} and @code{hexadecimal} can be used as well).
3985
3986If the @option{--format} option is not specified, @command{guix hash}
3987will output the hash in @code{nix-base32}. This representation is used
3988in the definitions of packages.
3989
3990@item --recursive
3991@itemx -r
3992Compute the hash on @var{file} recursively.
3993
3994In this case, the hash is computed on an archive containing @var{file},
3995including its children if it is a directory. Some of @var{file}'s
3996meta-data is part of the archive; for instance, when @var{file} is a
3997regular file, the hash is different depending on whether @var{file} is
3998executable or not. Meta-data such as time stamps has no impact on the
3999hash (@pxref{Invoking guix archive}).
4000@c FIXME: Replace xref above with xref to an ``Archive'' section when
4001@c it exists.
4002
4003@end table
4004
4005@node Invoking guix import
4006@section Invoking @command{guix import}
4007
4008@cindex importing packages
4009@cindex package import
4010@cindex package conversion
4011The @command{guix import} command is useful for people willing to add a
4012package to the distribution but who'd rather do as little work as
4013possible to get there---a legitimate demand. The command knows of a few
4014repositories from which it can ``import'' package meta-data. The result
4015is a package definition, or a template thereof, in the format we know
4016(@pxref{Defining Packages}).
4017
4018The general syntax is:
4019
4020@example
4021guix import @var{importer} @var{options}@dots{}
4022@end example
4023
4024@var{importer} specifies the source from which to import package
4025meta-data, and @var{options} specifies a package identifier and other
4026options specific to @var{importer}. Currently, the available
4027``importers'' are:
4028
4029@table @code
4030@item gnu
4031Import meta-data for the given GNU package. This provides a template
4032for the latest version of that GNU package, including the hash of its
4033source tarball, and its canonical synopsis and description.
4034
4035Additional information such as the package's dependencies and its
4036license needs to be figured out manually.
4037
4038For example, the following command returns a package definition for
4039GNU@tie{}Hello:
4040
4041@example
4042guix import gnu hello
4043@end example
4044
4045Specific command-line options are:
4046
4047@table @code
4048@item --key-download=@var{policy}
4049As for @code{guix refresh}, specify the policy to handle missing OpenPGP
4050keys when verifying the package's signature. @xref{Invoking guix
4051refresh, @code{--key-download}}.
4052@end table
4053
4054@item pypi
4055@cindex pypi
4056Import meta-data from the @uref{https://pypi.python.org/, Python Package
4057Index}@footnote{This functionality requires Guile-JSON to be installed.
4058@xref{Requirements}.}. Information is taken from the JSON-formatted
4059description available at @code{pypi.python.org} and usually includes all
4060the relevant information, including package dependencies.
4061
4062The command below imports meta-data for the @code{itsdangerous} Python
4063package:
4064
4065@example
4066guix import pypi itsdangerous
4067@end example
4068
4069@item gem
4070@cindex gem
4071Import meta-data from @uref{https://rubygems.org/,
4072RubyGems}@footnote{This functionality requires Guile-JSON to be
4073installed. @xref{Requirements}.}. Information is taken from the
4074JSON-formatted description available at @code{rubygems.org} and includes
4075most relevant information, including runtime dependencies. There are
4076some caveats, however. The meta-data doesn't distinguish between
4077synopses and descriptions, so the same string is used for both fields.
4078Additionally, the details of non-Ruby dependencies required to build
4079native extensions is unavailable and left as an exercise to the
4080packager.
4081
4082The command below imports meta-data for the @code{rails} Ruby package:
4083
4084@example
4085guix import gem rails
4086@end example
4087
4088@item cpan
4089@cindex CPAN
4090Import meta-data from @uref{https://www.metacpan.org/, MetaCPAN}.
4091Information is taken from the JSON-formatted meta-data provided through
4092@uref{https://api.metacpan.org/, MetaCPAN's API} and includes most
4093relevant information, such as module dependencies. License information
4094should be checked closely. If Perl is available in the store, then the
4095@code{corelist} utility will be used to filter core modules out of the
4096list of dependencies.
4097
4098The command command below imports meta-data for the @code{Acme::Boolean}
4099Perl module:
4100
4101@example
4102guix import cpan Acme::Boolean
4103@end example
4104
4105@item cran
4106@cindex CRAN
4107Import meta-data from @uref{http://cran.r-project.org/, CRAN}, the
4108central repository for the @uref{http://r-project.org, GNU@tie{}R
4109statistical and graphical environment}.
4110
4111Information is extracted from the HTML package description.
4112
4113The command command below imports meta-data for the @code{Cairo}
4114R package:
4115
4116@example
4117guix import cran Cairo
4118@end example
4119
4120@item nix
4121Import meta-data from a local copy of the source of the
4122@uref{http://nixos.org/nixpkgs/, Nixpkgs distribution}@footnote{This
4123relies on the @command{nix-instantiate} command of
4124@uref{http://nixos.org/nix/, Nix}.}. Package definitions in Nixpkgs are
4125typically written in a mixture of Nix-language and Bash code. This
4126command only imports the high-level package structure that is written in
4127the Nix language. It normally includes all the basic fields of a
4128package definition.
4129
4130When importing a GNU package, the synopsis and descriptions are replaced
4131by their canonical upstream variant.
4132
4133As an example, the command below imports the package definition of
4134LibreOffice (more precisely, it imports the definition of the package
4135bound to the @code{libreoffice} top-level attribute):
4136
4137@example
4138guix import nix ~/path/to/nixpkgs libreoffice
4139@end example
4140
4141@item hackage
4142@cindex hackage
4143Import meta-data from Haskell community's central package archive
4144@uref{https://hackage.haskell.org/, Hackage}. Information is taken from
4145Cabal files and includes all the relevant information, including package
4146dependencies.
4147
4148Specific command-line options are:
4149
4150@table @code
4151@item --stdin
4152@itemx -s
4153Read a Cabal file from the standard input.
4154@item --no-test-dependencies
4155@itemx -t
4156Do not include dependencies required by the test suites only.
4157@item --cabal-environment=@var{alist}
4158@itemx -e @var{alist}
4159@var{alist} is a Scheme alist defining the environment in which the
4160Cabal conditionals are evaluated. The accepted keys are: @code{os},
4161@code{arch}, @code{impl} and a string representing the name of a flag.
4162The value associated with a flag has to be either the symbol
4163@code{true} or @code{false}. The value associated with other keys
4164has to conform to the Cabal file format definition. The default value
4165associated with the keys @code{os}, @code{arch} and @code{impl} is
4166@samp{linux}, @samp{x86_64} and @samp{ghc} respectively.
4167@end table
4168
4169The command below imports meta-data for the latest version of the
4170@code{HTTP} Haskell package without including test dependencies and
4171specifying the value of the flag @samp{network-uri} as @code{false}:
4172
4173@example
4174guix import hackage -t -e "'((\"network-uri\" . false))" HTTP
4175@end example
4176
4177A specific package version may optionally be specified by following the
4178package name by a hyphen and a version number as in the following example:
4179
4180@example
4181guix import hackage mtl-2.1.3.1
4182@end example
4183
4184@item elpa
4185@cindex elpa
4186Import meta-data from an Emacs Lisp Package Archive (ELPA) package
4187repository (@pxref{Packages,,, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).
4188
4189Specific command-line options are:
4190
4191@table @code
4192@item --archive=@var{repo}
4193@itemx -a @var{repo}
4194@var{repo} identifies the archive repository from which to retrieve the
4195information. Currently the supported repositories and their identifiers
4196are:
4197@itemize -
4198@item
4199@uref{http://elpa.gnu.org/packages, GNU}, selected by the @code{gnu}
4200identifier. This is the default.
4201
4202@item
4203@uref{http://stable.melpa.org/packages, MELPA-Stable}, selected by the
4204@code{melpa-stable} identifier.
4205
4206@item
4207@uref{http://melpa.org/packages, MELPA}, selected by the @code{melpa}
4208identifier.
4209@end itemize
4210@end table
4211@end table
4212
4213The structure of the @command{guix import} code is modular. It would be
4214useful to have more importers for other package formats, and your help
4215is welcome here (@pxref{Contributing}).
4216
4217@node Invoking guix refresh
4218@section Invoking @command{guix refresh}
4219
4220The primary audience of the @command{guix refresh} command is developers
4221of the GNU software distribution. By default, it reports any packages
4222provided by the distribution that are outdated compared to the latest
4223upstream version, like this:
4224
4225@example
4226$ guix refresh
4227gnu/packages/gettext.scm:29:13: gettext would be upgraded from 0.18.1.1 to 0.18.2.1
4228gnu/packages/glib.scm:77:12: glib would be upgraded from 2.34.3 to 2.37.0
4229@end example
4230
4231It does so by browsing each package's FTP directory and determining the
4232highest version number of the source tarballs therein. The command
4233knows how to update specific types of packages: GNU packages, ELPA
4234packages, etc.---see the documentation for @option{--type} below. The
4235are many packages, though, for which it lacks a method to determine
4236whether a new upstream release is available. However, the mechanism is
4237extensible, so feel free to get in touch with us to add a new method!
4238
4239When passed @code{--update}, it modifies distribution source files to
4240update the version numbers and source tarball hashes of those packages'
4241recipes (@pxref{Defining Packages}). This is achieved by downloading
4242each package's latest source tarball and its associated OpenPGP
4243signature, authenticating the downloaded tarball against its signature
4244using @command{gpg}, and finally computing its hash. When the public
4245key used to sign the tarball is missing from the user's keyring, an
4246attempt is made to automatically retrieve it from a public key server;
4247when it's successful, the key is added to the user's keyring; otherwise,
4248@command{guix refresh} reports an error.
4249
4250The following options are supported:
4251
4252@table @code
4253
4254@item --update
4255@itemx -u
4256Update distribution source files (package recipes) in place. This is
4257usually run from a checkout of the Guix source tree (@pxref{Running
4258Guix Before It Is Installed}):
4259
4260@example
4261$ ./pre-inst-env guix refresh -s non-core
4262@end example
4263
4264@xref{Defining Packages}, for more information on package definitions.
4265
4266@item --select=[@var{subset}]
4267@itemx -s @var{subset}
4268Select all the packages in @var{subset}, one of @code{core} or
4269@code{non-core}.
4270
4271The @code{core} subset refers to all the packages at the core of the
4272distribution---i.e., packages that are used to build ``everything
4273else''. This includes GCC, libc, Binutils, Bash, etc. Usually,
4274changing one of these packages in the distribution entails a rebuild of
4275all the others. Thus, such updates are an inconvenience to users in
4276terms of build time or bandwidth used to achieve the upgrade.
4277
4278The @code{non-core} subset refers to the remaining packages. It is
4279typically useful in cases where an update of the core packages would be
4280inconvenient.
4281
4282@item --type=@var{updater}
4283@itemx -t @var{updater}
4284Select only packages handled by @var{updater} (may be a comma-separated
4285list of updaters). Currently, @var{updater} may be one of:
4286
4287@table @code
4288@item gnu
4289the updater for GNU packages;
4290@item elpa
4291the updater for @uref{http://elpa.gnu.org/, ELPA} packages;
4292@item cran
4293the updater fro @uref{http://cran.r-project.org/, CRAN} packages.
4294@item pypi
4295the updater fro @uref{https://pypi.python.org, PyPI} packages.
4296@end table
4297
4298For instance, the following commands only checks for updates of Emacs
4299packages hosted at @code{elpa.gnu.org} and updates of CRAN packages:
4300
4301@example
4302$ guix refresh --type=elpa,cran
4303gnu/packages/statistics.scm:819:13: r-testthat would be upgraded from 0.10.0 to 0.11.0
4304gnu/packages/emacs.scm:856:13: emacs-auctex would be upgraded from 11.88.6 to 11.88.9
4305@end example
4306
4307@end table
4308
4309In addition, @command{guix refresh} can be passed one or more package
4310names, as in this example:
4311
4312@example
4313$ ./pre-inst-env guix refresh -u emacs idutils gcc-4.8.4
4314@end example
4315
4316@noindent
4317The command above specifically updates the @code{emacs} and
4318@code{idutils} packages. The @code{--select} option would have no
4319effect in this case.
4320
4321When considering whether to upgrade a package, it is sometimes
4322convenient to know which packages would be affected by the upgrade and
4323should be checked for compatibility. For this the following option may
4324be used when passing @command{guix refresh} one or more package names:
4325
4326@table @code
4327
4328@item --list-updaters
4329@itemx -L
4330List available updaters and exit (see @option{--type} above.)
4331
4332@item --list-dependent
4333@itemx -l
4334List top-level dependent packages that would need to be rebuilt as a
4335result of upgrading one or more packages.
4336
4337@end table
4338
4339Be aware that the @code{--list-dependent} option only
4340@emph{approximates} the rebuilds that would be required as a result of
4341an upgrade. More rebuilds might be required under some circumstances.
4342
4343@example
4344$ guix refresh --list-dependent flex
4345Building the following 120 packages would ensure 213 dependent packages are rebuilt:
4346hop-2.4.0 geiser-0.4 notmuch-0.18 mu-0.9.9.5 cflow-1.4 idutils-4.6 @dots{}
4347@end example
4348
4349The command above lists a set of packages that could be built to check
4350for compatibility with an upgraded @code{flex} package.
4351
4352The following options can be used to customize GnuPG operation:
4353
4354@table @code
4355
4356@item --gpg=@var{command}
4357Use @var{command} as the GnuPG 2.x command. @var{command} is searched
4358for in @code{$PATH}.
4359
4360@item --key-download=@var{policy}
4361Handle missing OpenPGP keys according to @var{policy}, which may be one
4362of:
4363
4364@table @code
4365@item always
4366Always download missing OpenPGP keys from the key server, and add them
4367to the user's GnuPG keyring.
4368
4369@item never
4370Never try to download missing OpenPGP keys. Instead just bail out.
4371
4372@item interactive
4373When a package signed with an unknown OpenPGP key is encountered, ask
4374the user whether to download it or not. This is the default behavior.
4375@end table
4376
4377@item --key-server=@var{host}
4378Use @var{host} as the OpenPGP key server when importing a public key.
4379
4380@end table
4381
4382@node Invoking guix lint
4383@section Invoking @command{guix lint}
4384The @command{guix lint} is meant to help package developers avoid common
4385errors and use a consistent style. It runs a number of checks on a
4386given set of packages in order to find common mistakes in their
4387definitions. Available @dfn{checkers} include (see
4388@code{--list-checkers} for a complete list):
4389
4390@table @code
4391@item synopsis
4392@itemx description
4393Validate certain typographical and stylistic rules about package
4394descriptions and synopses.
4395
4396@item inputs-should-be-native
4397Identify inputs that should most likely be native inputs.
4398
4399@item source
4400@itemx home-page
4401@itemx source-file-name
4402Probe @code{home-page} and @code{source} URLs and report those that are
4403invalid. Check that the source file name is meaningful, e.g. is not
4404just a version number or ``git-checkout'', and should not have a
4405@code{file-name} declared (@pxref{origin Reference}).
4406
4407@item formatting
4408Warn about obvious source code formatting issues: trailing white space,
4409use of tabulations, etc.
4410@end table
4411
4412The general syntax is:
4413
4414@example
4415guix lint @var{options} @var{package}@dots{}
4416@end example
4417
4418If no package is given on the command line, then all packages are checked.
4419The @var{options} may be zero or more of the following:
4420
4421@table @code
4422
4423@item --checkers
4424@itemx -c
4425Only enable the checkers specified in a comma-separated list using the
4426names returned by @code{--list-checkers}.
4427
4428@item --list-checkers
4429@itemx -l
4430List and describe all the available checkers that will be run on packages
4431and exit.
4432
4433@end table
4434
4435@node Invoking guix size
4436@section Invoking @command{guix size}
4437
4438The @command{guix size} command helps package developers profile the
4439disk usage of packages. It is easy to overlook the impact of an
4440additional dependency added to a package, or the impact of using a
4441single output for a package that could easily be split (@pxref{Packages
4442with Multiple Outputs}). These are the typical issues that
4443@command{guix size} can highlight.
4444
4445The command can be passed a package specification such as @code{gcc-4.8}
4446or @code{guile:debug}, or a file name in the store. Consider this
4447example:
4448
4449@example
4450$ guix size coreutils
4451store item total self
4452/gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.23 70.0 13.9 19.8%
4453/gnu/store/@dots{}-gmp-6.0.0a 55.3 2.5 3.6%
4454/gnu/store/@dots{}-acl-2.2.52 53.7 0.5 0.7%
4455/gnu/store/@dots{}-attr-2.4.46 53.2 0.3 0.5%
4456/gnu/store/@dots{}-gcc-4.8.4-lib 52.9 15.7 22.4%
4457/gnu/store/@dots{}-glibc-2.21 37.2 37.2 53.1%
4458@end example
4459
4460@cindex closure
4461The store items listed here constitute the @dfn{transitive closure} of
4462Coreutils---i.e., Coreutils and all its dependencies, recursively---as
4463would be returned by:
4464
4465@example
4466$ guix gc -R /gnu/store/@dots{}-coreutils-8.23
4467@end example
4468
4469Here the output shows 3 columns next to store items. The first column,
4470labeled ``total'', shows the size in mebibytes (MiB) of the closure of
4471the store item---that is, its own size plus the size of all its
4472dependencies. The next column, labeled ``self'', shows the size of the
4473item itself. The last column shows the ratio of the item's size to the
4474space occupied by all the items listed here.
4475
4476In this example, we see that the closure of Coreutils weighs in at
447770@tie{}MiB, half of which is taken by libc. (That libc represents a
4478large fraction of the closure is not a problem @i{per se} because it is
4479always available on the system anyway.)
4480
4481When the package passed to @command{guix size} is available in the
4482store, @command{guix size} queries the daemon to determine its
4483dependencies, and measures its size in the store, similar to @command{du
4484-ms --apparent-size} (@pxref{du invocation,,, coreutils, GNU
4485Coreutils}).
4486
4487When the given package is @emph{not} in the store, @command{guix size}
4488reports information based on information about the available substitutes
4489(@pxref{Substitutes}). This allows it to profile disk usage of store
4490items that are not even on disk, only available remotely.
4491
4492The available options are:
4493
4494@table @option
4495
4496@item --substitute-urls=@var{urls}
4497Use substitute information from @var{urls}.
4498@xref{client-substitute-urls, the same option for @code{guix build}}.
4499
4500@item --map-file=@var{file}
4501Write to @var{file} a graphical map of disk usage as a PNG file.
4502
4503For the example above, the map looks like this:
4504
4505@image{images/coreutils-size-map,5in,, map of Coreutils disk usage
4506produced by @command{guix size}}
4507
4508This option requires that
4509@uref{http://wingolog.org/software/guile-charting/, Guile-Charting} be
4510installed and visible in Guile's module search path. When that is not
4511the case, @command{guix size} fails as it tries to load it.
4512
4513@item --system=@var{system}
4514@itemx -s @var{system}
4515Consider packages for @var{system}---e.g., @code{x86_64-linux}.
4516
4517@end table
4518
4519@node Invoking guix graph
4520@section Invoking @command{guix graph}
4521
4522@cindex DAG
4523Packages and their dependencies form a @dfn{graph}, specifically a
4524directed acyclic graph (DAG). It can quickly become difficult to have a
4525mental model of the package DAG, so the @command{guix graph} command is
4526here to provide a visual representation of the DAG. @command{guix
4527graph} emits a DAG representation in the input format of
4528@uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}, so its output can be passed
4529directly to Graphviz's @command{dot} command, for instance. The general
4530syntax is:
4531
4532@example
4533guix graph @var{options} @var{package}@dots{}
4534@end example
4535
4536For example, the following command generates a PDF file representing the
4537package DAG for the GNU@tie{}Core Utilities, showing its build-time
4538dependencies:
4539
4540@example
4541guix graph coreutils | dot -Tpdf > dag.pdf
4542@end example
4543
4544The output looks like this:
4545
4546@image{images/coreutils-graph,2in,,Dependency graph of the GNU Coreutils}
4547
4548Nice little graph, no?
4549
4550But there's more than one graph! The one above is concise: it's the
4551graph of package objects, omitting implicit inputs such as GCC, libc,
4552grep, etc. It's often useful to have such a concise graph, but
4553sometimes you want to see more details. @command{guix graph} supports
4554several types of graphs, allowing you to choose the level of details:
4555
4556@table @code
4557@item package
4558This is the default type, the one we used above. It shows the DAG of
4559package objects, excluding implicit dependencies. It is concise, but
4560filters out many details.
4561
4562@item bag-emerged
4563This is the package DAG, @emph{including} implicit inputs.
4564
4565For instance, the following command:
4566
4567@example
4568guix graph --type=bag-emerged coreutils | dot -Tpdf > dag.pdf
4569@end example
4570
4571... yields this bigger graph:
4572
4573@image{images/coreutils-bag-graph,,5in,Detailed dependency graph of the GNU Coreutils}
4574
4575At the bottom of the graph, we see all the implicit inputs of
4576@var{gnu-build-system} (@pxref{Build Systems, @code{gnu-build-system}}).
4577
4578Now, note that the dependencies of those implicit inputs---that is, the
4579@dfn{bootstrap dependencies} (@pxref{Bootstrapping})---are not shown
4580here, for conciseness.
4581
4582@item bag
4583Similar to @code{bag-emerged}, but this time including all the bootstrap
4584dependencies.
4585
4586@item derivations
4587This is the most detailed representation: It shows the DAG of
4588derivations (@pxref{Derivations}) and plain store items. Compared to
4589the above representation, many additional nodes are visible, including
4590builds scripts, patches, Guile modules, etc.
4591
4592@end table
4593
4594All the above types correspond to @emph{build-time dependencies}. The
4595following graph type represents the @emph{run-time dependencies}:
4596
4597@table @code
4598@item references
4599This is the graph of @dfn{references} of a package output, as returned
4600by @command{guix gc --references} (@pxref{Invoking guix gc}).
4601
4602If the given package output is not available in the store, @command{guix
4603graph} attempts to obtain dependency information from substitutes.
4604@end table
4605
4606The available options are the following:
4607
4608@table @option
4609@item --type=@var{type}
4610@itemx -t @var{type}
4611Produce a graph output of @var{type}, where @var{type} must be one of
4612the values listed above.
4613
4614@item --list-types
4615List the supported graph types.
4616
4617@item --expression=@var{expr}
4618@itemx -e @var{expr}
4619Consider the package @var{expr} evaluates to.
4620
4621This is useful to precisely refer to a package, as in this example:
4622
4623@example
4624guix graph -e '(@@@@ (gnu packages commencement) gnu-make-final)'
4625@end example
4626@end table
4627
4628
4629@node Invoking guix environment
4630@section Invoking @command{guix environment}
4631
4632@cindex reproducible build environments
4633@cindex development environments
4634The purpose of @command{guix environment} is to assist hackers in
4635creating reproducible development environments without polluting their
4636package profile. The @command{guix environment} tool takes one or more
4637packages, builds all of the necessary inputs, and creates a shell
4638environment to use them.
4639
4640The general syntax is:
4641
4642@example
4643guix environment @var{options} @var{package}@dots{}
4644@end example
4645
4646The following example spawns a new shell set up for the development of
4647GNU@tie{}Guile:
4648
4649@example
4650guix environment guile
4651@end example
4652
4653If the specified packages are not built yet, @command{guix environment}
4654automatically builds them. The new shell's environment is an augmented
4655version of the environment that @command{guix environment} was run in.
4656It contains the necessary search paths for building the given package
4657added to the existing environment variables. To create a ``pure''
4658environment in which the original environment variables have been unset,
4659use the @code{--pure} option@footnote{Users sometimes wrongfully augment
4660environment variables such as @code{PATH} in their @file{~/.bashrc}
4661file. As a consequence, when @code{guix environment} launches it, Bash
4662may read @file{~/.bashrc}, thereby introducing ``impurities'' in these
4663environment variables. It is an error to define such environment
4664variables in @file{.bashrc}; instead, they should be defined in
4665@file{.bash_profile}, which is sourced only by log-in shells.
4666@xref{Bash Startup Files,,, bash, The GNU Bash Reference Manual}, for
4667details on Bash start-up files.}.
4668
4669@vindex GUIX_ENVIRONMENT
4670@command{guix environment} defines the @code{GUIX_ENVIRONMENT}
4671variable in the shell it spaws. This allows users to, say, define a
4672specific prompt for development environments in their @file{.bashrc}
4673(@pxref{Bash Startup Files,,, bash, The GNU Bash Reference Manual}):
4674
4675@example
4676if [ -n "$GUIX_ENVIRONMENT" ]
4677then
4678 export PS1="\u@@\h \w [dev]\$ "
4679fi
4680@end example
4681
4682Additionally, more than one package may be specified, in which case the
4683union of the inputs for the given packages are used. For example, the
4684command below spawns a shell where all of the dependencies of both Guile
4685and Emacs are available:
4686
4687@example
4688guix environment guile emacs
4689@end example
4690
4691Sometimes an interactive shell session is not desired. An arbitrary
4692command may be invoked by placing the @code{--} token to separate the
4693command from the rest of the arguments:
4694
4695@example
4696guix environment guile -- make -j4
4697@end example
4698
4699In other situations, it is more convenient to specify the list of
4700packages needed in the environment. For example, the following command
4701runs @command{python} from an environment containing Python@tie{}2.7 and
4702NumPy:
4703
4704@example
4705guix environment --ad-hoc python2-numpy python-2.7 -- python
4706@end example
4707
4708Furthermore, one might want the dependencies of a package and also some
4709additional packages that are not build-time or runtime dependencies, but
4710are useful when developing nonetheless. Because of this, the
4711@code{--ad-hoc} flag is positional. Packages appearing before
4712@code{--ad-hoc} are interpreted as packages whose dependencies will be
4713added to the environment. Packages appearing after are interpreted as
4714packages that will be added to the environment directly. For example,
4715the following command creates a Guix development environment that
4716additionally includes Git and strace:
4717
4718@example
4719guix environment guix --ad-hoc git strace
4720@end example
4721
4722Sometimes it is desirable to isolate the environment as much as
4723possible, for maximal purity and reproducibility. In particular, when
4724using Guix on a host distro that is not GuixSD, it is desirable to
4725prevent access to @file{/usr/bin} and other system-wide resources from
4726the development environment. For example, the following command spawns
4727a Guile REPL in a ``container'' where only the store and the current
4728working directory are mounted:
4729
4730@example
4731guix environment --ad-hoc --container guile -- guile
4732@end example
4733
4734@quotation Note
4735The @code{--container} option requires Linux-libre 3.19 or newer.
4736@end quotation
4737
4738The available options are summarized below.
4739
4740@table @code
4741@item --expression=@var{expr}
4742@itemx -e @var{expr}
4743Create an environment for the package or list of packages that
4744@var{expr} evaluates to.
4745
4746For example, running:
4747
4748@example
4749guix environment -e '(@@ (gnu packages maths) petsc-openmpi)'
4750@end example
4751
4752starts a shell with the environment for this specific variant of the
4753PETSc package.
4754
4755Running:
4756
4757@example
4758guix environment --ad-hoc -e '(@@ (gnu) %base-packages)'
4759@end example
4760
4761starts a shell with all the GuixSD base packages available.
4762
4763@item --load=@var{file}
4764@itemx -l @var{file}
4765Create an environment for the package or list of packages that the code
4766within @var{file} evaluates to.
4767
4768As an example, @var{file} might contain a definition like this
4769(@pxref{Defining Packages}):
4770
4771@example
4772@verbatiminclude environment-gdb.scm
4773@end example
4774
4775@item --ad-hoc
4776Include all specified packages in the resulting environment, as if an
4777@i{ad hoc} package were defined with them as inputs. This option is
4778useful for quickly creating an environment without having to write a
4779package expression to contain the desired inputs.
4780
4781For instance, the command:
4782
4783@example
4784guix environment --ad-hoc guile guile-sdl -- guile
4785@end example
4786
4787runs @command{guile} in an environment where Guile and Guile-SDL are
4788available.
4789
4790Note that this example implicitly asks for the default output of
4791@code{guile} and @code{guile-sdl} but it is possible to ask for a
4792specific output---e.g., @code{glib:bin} asks for the @code{bin} output
4793of @code{glib} (@pxref{Packages with Multiple Outputs}).
4794
4795This option may be composed with the default behavior of @command{guix
4796environment}. Packages appearing before @code{--ad-hoc} are interpreted
4797as packages whose dependencies will be added to the environment, the
4798default behavior. Packages appearing after are interpreted as packages
4799that will be added to the environment directly.
4800
4801@item --pure
4802Unset existing environment variables when building the new environment.
4803This has the effect of creating an environment in which search paths
4804only contain package inputs.
4805
4806@item --search-paths
4807Display the environment variable definitions that make up the
4808environment.
4809
4810@item --system=@var{system}
4811@itemx -s @var{system}
4812Attempt to build for @var{system}---e.g., @code{i686-linux}.
4813
4814@item --container
4815@itemx -C
4816@cindex container
4817Run @var{command} within an isolated container. The current working
4818directory outside the container is mapped to @file{/env} inside the
4819container. Additionally, the spawned process runs as the current user
4820outside the container, but has root privileges in the context of the
4821container.
4822
4823@item --network
4824@itemx -N
4825For containers, share the network namespace with the host system.
4826Containers created without this flag only have access to the loopback
4827device.
4828
4829@item --expose=@var{source}[=@var{target}]
4830For containers, expose the file system @var{source} from the host system
4831as the read-only file system @var{target} within the container. If
4832@var{target} is not specified, @var{source} is used as the target mount
4833point in the container.
4834
4835The example below spawns a Guile REPL in a container in which the user's
4836home directory is accessible read-only via the @file{/exchange}
4837directory:
4838
4839@example
4840guix environment --container --expose=$HOME=/exchange guile -- guile
4841@end example
4842
4843@item --share=@var{source}[=@var{target}]
4844For containers, share the file system @var{source} from the host system
4845as the writable file system @var{target} within the container. If
4846@var{target} is not specified, @var{source} is used as the target mount
4847point in the container.
4848
4849The example below spawns a Guile REPL in a container in which the user's
4850home directory is accessible for both reading and writing via the
4851@file{/exchange} directory:
4852
4853@example
4854guix environment --container --share=$HOME=/exchange guile -- guile
4855@end example
4856@end table
4857
4858It also supports all of the common build options that @command{guix
4859build} supports (@pxref{Invoking guix build, common build options}).
4860
4861@node Invoking guix publish
4862@section Invoking @command{guix publish}
4863
4864The purpose of @command{guix publish} is to enable users to easily share
4865their store with others, which can then use it as a substitute server
4866(@pxref{Substitutes}).
4867
4868When @command{guix publish} runs, it spawns an HTTP server which allows
4869anyone with network access to obtain substitutes from it. This means
4870that any machine running Guix can also act as if it were a build farm,
4871since the HTTP interface is compatible with Hydra, the software behind
4872the @code{hydra.gnu.org} build farm.
4873
4874For security, each substitute is signed, allowing recipients to check
4875their authenticity and integrity (@pxref{Substitutes}). Because
4876@command{guix publish} uses the system's signing key, which is only
4877readable by the system administrator, it must be started as root; the
4878@code{--user} option makes it drop root privileges early on.
4879
4880The signing key pair must be generated before @command{guix publish} is
4881launched, using @command{guix archive --generate-key} (@pxref{Invoking
4882guix archive}).
4883
4884The general syntax is:
4885
4886@example
4887guix publish @var{options}@dots{}
4888@end example
4889
4890Running @command{guix publish} without any additional arguments will
4891spawn an HTTP server on port 8080:
4892
4893@example
4894guix publish
4895@end example
4896
4897Once a publishing server has been authorized (@pxref{Invoking guix
4898archive}), the daemon may download substitutes from it:
4899
4900@example
4901guix-daemon --substitute-urls=http://example.org:8080
4902@end example
4903
4904The following options are available:
4905
4906@table @code
4907@item --port=@var{port}
4908@itemx -p @var{port}
4909Listen for HTTP requests on @var{port}.
4910
4911@item --listen=@var{host}
4912Listen on the network interface for @var{host}. The default is to
4913accept connections from any interface.
4914
4915@item --user=@var{user}
4916@itemx -u @var{user}
4917Change privileges to @var{user} as soon as possible---i.e., once the
4918server socket is open and the signing key has been read.
4919
4920@item --repl[=@var{port}]
4921@itemx -r [@var{port}]
4922Spawn a Guile REPL server (@pxref{REPL Servers,,, guile, GNU Guile
4923Reference Manual}) on @var{port} (37146 by default). This is used
4924primarily for debugging a running @command{guix publish} server.
4925@end table
4926
4927Enabling @command{guix publish} on a GuixSD system is a one-liner: just
4928add a call to @code{guix-publish-service} in the @code{services} field
4929of the @code{operating-system} declaration (@pxref{guix-publish-service,
4930@code{guix-publish-service}}).
4931
4932
4933@node Invoking guix challenge
4934@section Invoking @command{guix challenge}
4935
4936@cindex reproducible builds
4937@cindex verifiable builds
4938
4939Do the binaries provided by this server really correspond to the source
4940code it claims to build? Is this package's build process deterministic?
4941These are the questions the @command{guix challenge} command attempts to
4942answer.
4943
4944The former is obviously an important question: Before using a substitute
4945server (@pxref{Substitutes}), you'd rather @emph{verify} that it
4946provides the right binaries, and thus @emph{challenge} it. The latter
4947is what enables the former: If package builds are deterministic, then
4948independent builds of the package should yield the exact same result,
4949bit for bit; if a server provides a binary different from the one
4950obtained locally, it may be either corrupt or malicious.
4951
4952We know that the hash that shows up in @file{/gnu/store} file names is
4953the hash of all the inputs of the process that built the file or
4954directory---compilers, libraries, build scripts,
4955etc. (@pxref{Introduction}). Assuming deterministic build processes,
4956one store file name should map to exactly one build output.
4957@command{guix challenge} checks whether there is, indeed, a single
4958mapping by comparing the build outputs of several independent builds of
4959any given store item.
4960
4961The command's output looks like this:
4962
4963@smallexample
4964$ guix challenge --substitute-urls="http://hydra.gnu.org http://guix.example.org"
4965updating list of substitutes from 'http://hydra.gnu.org'... 100.0%
4966updating list of substitutes from 'http://guix.example.org'... 100.0%
4967/gnu/store/@dots{}-openssl-1.0.2d contents differ:
4968 local hash: 0725l22r5jnzazaacncwsvp9kgf42266ayyp814v7djxs7nk963q
4969 http://hydra.gnu.org/nar/@dots{}-openssl-1.0.2d: 0725l22r5jnzazaacncwsvp9kgf42266ayyp814v7djxs7nk963q
4970 http://guix.example.org/nar/@dots{}-openssl-1.0.2d: 1zy4fmaaqcnjrzzajkdn3f5gmjk754b43qkq47llbyak9z0qjyim
4971/gnu/store/@dots{}-git-2.5.0 contents differ:
4972 local hash: 00p3bmryhjxrhpn2gxs2fy0a15lnip05l97205pgbk5ra395hyha
4973 http://hydra.gnu.org/nar/@dots{}-git-2.5.0: 069nb85bv4d4a6slrwjdy8v1cn4cwspm3kdbmyb81d6zckj3nq9f
4974 http://guix.example.org/nar/@dots{}-git-2.5.0: 0mdqa9w1p6cmli6976v4wi0sw9r4p5prkj7lzfd1877wk11c9c73
4975/gnu/store/@dots{}-pius-2.1.1 contents differ:
4976 local hash: 0k4v3m9z1zp8xzzizb7d8kjj72f9172xv078sq4wl73vnq9ig3ax
4977 http://hydra.gnu.org/nar/@dots{}-pius-2.1.1: 0k4v3m9z1zp8xzzizb7d8kjj72f9172xv078sq4wl73vnq9ig3ax
4978 http://guix.example.org/nar/@dots{}-pius-2.1.1: 1cy25x1a4fzq5rk0pmvc8xhwyffnqz95h2bpvqsz2mpvlbccy0gs
4979@end smallexample
4980
4981@noindent
4982In this example, @command{guix challenge} first scans the store to
4983determine the set of locally-built derivations---as opposed to store
4984items that were downloaded from a substitute server---and then queries
4985all the substitute servers. It then reports those store items for which
4986the servers obtained a result different from the local build.
4987
4988@cindex non-determinism, in package builds
4989As an example, @code{guix.example.org} always gets a different answer.
4990Conversely, @code{hydra.gnu.org} agrees with local builds, except in the
4991case of Git. This might indicate that the build process of Git is
4992non-deterministic, meaning that its output varies as a function of
4993various things that Guix does not fully control, in spite of building
4994packages in isolated environments (@pxref{Features}). Most common
4995sources of non-determinism include the addition of timestamps in build
4996results, the inclusion of random numbers, and directory listings sorted
4997by inode number. See @uref{http://reproducible.debian.net/howto/}, for
4998more information.
4999
5000To find out what's wrong with this Git binary, we can do something along
5001these lines (@pxref{Invoking guix archive}):
5002
5003@example
5004$ wget -q -O - http://hydra.gnu.org/nar/@dots{}-git-2.5.0 \
5005 | guix archive -x /tmp/git
5006$ diff -ur --no-dereference /gnu/store/@dots{}-git.2.5.0 /tmp/git
5007@end example
5008
5009This command shows the difference between the files resulting from the
5010local build, and the files resulting from the build on
5011@code{hydra.gnu.org} (@pxref{Overview, Comparing and Merging Files,,
5012diffutils, Comparing and Merging Files}). The @command{diff} command
5013works great for text files. When binary files differ, a better option
5014is @uref{http://diffoscope.org/, Diffoscope}, a tool that helps
5015visualize differences for all kinds of files.
5016
5017Once you've done that work, you can tell whether the differences are due
5018to a non-deterministic build process or to a malicious server. We try
5019hard to remove sources of non-determinism in packages to make it easier
5020to verify substitutes, but of course, this is a process, one that
5021involves not just Guix but a large part of the free software community.
5022In the meantime, @command{guix challenge} is one tool to help address
5023the problem.
5024
5025If you are writing packages for Guix, you are encouraged to check
5026whether @code{hydra.gnu.org} and other substitute servers obtain the
5027same build result as you did with:
5028
5029@example
5030$ guix challenge @var{package}
5031@end example
5032
5033@noindent
5034... where @var{package} is a package specification such as
5035@code{guile-2.0} or @code{glibc:debug}.
5036
5037The general syntax is:
5038
5039@example
5040guix challenge @var{options} [@var{packages}@dots{}]
5041@end example
5042
5043The one option that matters is:
5044
5045@table @code
5046
5047@item --substitute-urls=@var{urls}
5048Consider @var{urls} the whitespace-separated list of substitute source
5049URLs to compare to.
5050
5051@end table
5052
5053
5054@node Invoking guix container
5055@section Invoking @command{guix container}
5056@cindex container
5057
5058@quotation Note
5059As of version @value{VERSION}, this tool is experimental. The interface
5060is subject to radical change in the future.
5061@end quotation
5062
5063The purpose of @command{guix container} is to manipulate processes
5064running within an isolated environment, commonly known as a
5065``container'', typically created by the @command{guix environment}
5066(@pxref{Invoking guix environment}) and @command{guix system container}
5067(@pxref{Invoking guix system}) commands.
5068
5069The general syntax is:
5070
5071@example
5072guix container @var{action} @var{options}@dots{}
5073@end example
5074
5075@var{action} specifies the operation to perform with a container, and
5076@var{options} specifies the context-specific arguments for the action.
5077
5078The following actions are available:
5079
5080@table @code
5081@item exec
5082Execute a command within the context of a running container.
5083
5084The syntax is:
5085
5086@example
5087guix container exec @var{pid} @var{program} @var{arguments}@dots{}
5088@end example
5089
5090@var{pid} specifies the process ID of the running container.
5091@var{program} specifies an executable file name within the container's
5092root file system. @var{arguments} are the additional options that will
5093be passed to @var{program}.
5094
5095The following command launches an interactive login shell inside a
5096GuixSD container, started by @command{guix system container}, and whose
5097process ID is 9001:
5098
5099@example
5100guix container exec 9001 /run/current-system/profile/bin/bash --login
5101@end example
5102
5103Note that the @var{pid} cannot be the parent process of a container. It
5104must be the container's PID 1 or one of its child processes.
5105
5106@end table
5107
5108@c *********************************************************************
5109@node GNU Distribution
5110@chapter GNU Distribution
5111
5112@cindex Guix System Distribution
5113@cindex GuixSD
5114Guix comes with a distribution of the GNU system consisting entirely of
5115free software@footnote{The term ``free'' here refers to the
5116@url{http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html,freedom provided to
5117users of that software}.}. The
5118distribution can be installed on its own (@pxref{System Installation}),
5119but it is also possible to install Guix as a package manager on top of
5120an installed GNU/Linux system (@pxref{Installation}). To distinguish
5121between the two, we refer to the standalone distribution as the Guix
5122System Distribution, or GuixSD.
5123
5124The distribution provides core GNU packages such as GNU libc, GCC, and
5125Binutils, as well as many GNU and non-GNU applications. The complete
5126list of available packages can be browsed
5127@url{http://www.gnu.org/software/guix/packages,on-line} or by
5128running @command{guix package} (@pxref{Invoking guix package}):
5129
5130@example
5131guix package --list-available
5132@end example
5133
5134Our goal has been to provide a practical 100% free software distribution of
5135Linux-based and other variants of GNU, with a focus on the promotion and
5136tight integration of GNU components, and an emphasis on programs and
5137tools that help users exert that freedom.
5138
5139Packages are currently available on the following platforms:
5140
5141@table @code
5142
5143@item x86_64-linux
5144Intel/AMD @code{x86_64} architecture, Linux-Libre kernel;
5145
5146@item i686-linux
5147Intel 32-bit architecture (IA32), Linux-Libre kernel;
5148
5149@item armhf-linux
5150ARMv7-A architecture with hard float, Thumb-2 and NEON,
5151using the EABI hard-float ABI, and Linux-Libre kernel.
5152
5153@item mips64el-linux
5154little-endian 64-bit MIPS processors, specifically the Loongson series,
5155n32 application binary interface (ABI), and Linux-Libre kernel.
5156
5157@end table
5158
5159GuixSD itself is currently only available on @code{i686} and @code{x86_64}.
5160
5161@noindent
5162For information on porting to other architectures or kernels,
5163@xref{Porting}.
5164
5165@menu
5166* System Installation:: Installing the whole operating system.
5167* System Configuration:: Configuring the operating system.
5168* Installing Debugging Files:: Feeding the debugger.
5169* Security Updates:: Deploying security fixes quickly.
5170* Package Modules:: Packages from the programmer's viewpoint.
5171* Packaging Guidelines:: Growing the distribution.
5172* Bootstrapping:: GNU/Linux built from scratch.
5173* Porting:: Targeting another platform or kernel.
5174@end menu
5175
5176Building this distribution is a cooperative effort, and you are invited
5177to join! @xref{Contributing}, for information about how you can help.
5178
5179@node System Installation
5180@section System Installation
5181
5182@cindex Guix System Distribution
5183This section explains how to install the Guix System Distribution
5184on a machine. The Guix package manager can
5185also be installed on top of a running GNU/Linux system,
5186@pxref{Installation}.
5187
5188@ifinfo
5189@c This paragraph is for people reading this from tty2 of the
5190@c installation image.
5191You're reading this documentation with an Info reader. For details on
5192how to use it, hit the @key{RET} key (``return'' or ``enter'') on the
5193link that follows: @pxref{Help,,, info, Info: An Introduction}. Hit
5194@kbd{l} afterwards to come back here.
5195@end ifinfo
5196
5197@subsection Limitations
5198
5199As of version @value{VERSION}, the Guix System Distribution (GuixSD) is
5200not production-ready. It may contain bugs and lack important
5201features. Thus, if you are looking for a stable production system that
5202respects your freedom as a computer user, a good solution at this point
5203is to consider @url{http://www.gnu.org/distros/free-distros.html, one of
5204more established GNU/Linux distributions}. We hope you can soon switch
5205to the GuixSD without fear, of course. In the meantime, you can
5206also keep using your distribution and try out the package manager on top
5207of it (@pxref{Installation}).
5208
5209Before you proceed with the installation, be aware of the following
5210noteworthy limitations applicable to version @value{VERSION}:
5211
5212@itemize
5213@item
5214The installation process does not include a graphical user interface and
5215requires familiarity with GNU/Linux (see the following subsections to
5216get a feel of what that means.)
5217
5218@item
5219The system does not yet provide full GNOME and KDE desktops. Xfce and
5220Enlightenment are available though, if graphical desktop environments
5221are your thing, as well as a number of X11 window managers.
5222
5223@item
5224Support for the Logical Volume Manager (LVM) is missing.
5225
5226@item
5227Few system services are currently supported out-of-the-box
5228(@pxref{Services}).
5229
5230@item
5231More than 2,000 packages are available, but you may
5232occasionally find that a useful package is missing.
5233@end itemize
5234
5235You've been warned. But more than a disclaimer, this is an invitation
5236to report issues (and success stories!), and join us in improving it.
5237@xref{Contributing}, for more info.
5238
5239@subsection USB Stick Installation
5240
5241An installation image for USB sticks can be downloaded from
5242@indicateurl{ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/guix/guixsd-usb-install-@value{VERSION}.@var{system}.xz},
5243where @var{system} is one of:
5244
5245@table @code
5246@item x86_64-linux
5247for a GNU/Linux system on Intel/AMD-compatible 64-bit CPUs;
5248
5249@item i686-linux
5250for a 32-bit GNU/Linux system on Intel-compatible CPUs.
5251@end table
5252
5253This image contains a single partition with the tools necessary for an
5254installation. It is meant to be copied @emph{as is} to a large-enough
5255USB stick.
5256
5257To copy the image to a USB stick, follow these steps:
5258
5259@enumerate
5260@item
5261Decompress the image using the @command{xz} command:
5262
5263@example
5264xz -d guixsd-usb-install-@value{VERSION}.@var{system}.xz
5265@end example
5266
5267@item
5268Insert a USB stick of 1@tie{}GiB or more in your machine, and determine
5269its device name. Assuming that USB stick is known as @file{/dev/sdX},
5270copy the image with:
5271
5272@example
5273dd if=guixsd-usb-install-@value{VERSION}.x86_64 of=/dev/sdX
5274@end example
5275
5276Access to @file{/dev/sdX} usually requires root privileges.
5277@end enumerate
5278
5279Once this is done, you should be able to reboot the system and boot from
5280the USB stick. The latter usually requires you to get in the BIOS' boot
5281menu, where you can choose to boot from the USB stick.
5282
5283@subsection Preparing for Installation
5284
5285Once you have successfully booted the image on the USB stick, you should
5286end up with a root prompt. Several console TTYs are configured and can
5287be used to run commands as root. TTY2 shows this documentation,
5288browsable using the Info reader commands (@pxref{Help,,, info, Info: An
5289Introduction}).
5290
5291To install the system, you would:
5292
5293@enumerate
5294
5295@item
5296Configure the network, by running @command{ifconfig eno1 up && dhclient
5297eno1} (to get an automatically assigned IP address from the wired
5298network interface controller@footnote{
5299@c http://cgit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd/tree/src/udev/udev-builtin-net_id.c#n20
5300The name @code{eno1} is for the first on-board Ethernet controller. The
5301interface name for an Ethernet controller that is in the first slot of
5302the first PCI bus, for instance, would be @code{enp1s0}. Use
5303@command{ifconfig -a} to list all the available network interfaces.}),
5304or using the @command{ifconfig} command.
5305
5306The system automatically loads drivers for your network interface
5307controllers.
5308
5309Setting up network access is almost always a requirement because the
5310image does not contain all the software and tools that may be needed.
5311
5312@item
5313Unless this has already been done, you must partition, optionally
5314encrypt, and then format the target partitions.
5315
5316Preferably, assign partitions a label so that you can easily and
5317reliably refer to them in @code{file-system} declarations (@pxref{File
5318Systems}). This is typically done using the @code{-L} option of
5319@command{mkfs.ext4} and related commands.
5320
5321A typical command sequence may be:
5322
5323@example
5324# fdisk /dev/sdX
5325@dots{} Create partitions etc.@dots{}
5326# cryptsetup luksFormat /dev/sdX1
5327# cryptsetup open --type luks /dev/sdX1 my-partition
5328# mkfs.ext4 -L my-root /dev/mapper/my-partition
5329@end example
5330
5331The installation image includes Parted (@pxref{Overview,,, parted, GNU
5332Parted User Manual}), @command{fdisk}, Cryptsetup/LUKS for disk
5333encryption, and e2fsprogs, the suite of tools to manipulate
5334ext2/ext3/ext4 file systems.
5335
5336@item
5337Once that is done, mount the target root partition under @file{/mnt}.
5338
5339@item
5340Lastly, run @code{deco start cow-store /mnt}.
5341
5342This will make @file{/gnu/store} copy-on-write, such that packages added
5343to it during the installation phase will be written to the target disk
5344rather than kept in memory.
5345
5346@end enumerate
5347
5348
5349@subsection Proceeding with the Installation
5350
5351With the target partitions ready, you now have to edit a file and
5352provide the declaration of the operating system to be installed. To
5353that end, the installation system comes with two text editors: GNU nano
5354(@pxref{Top,,, nano, GNU nano Manual}), and GNU Zile, an Emacs clone.
5355It is better to store that file on the target root file system, say, as
5356@file{/mnt/etc/config.scm}.
5357
5358@xref{Using the Configuration System}, for examples of operating system
5359configurations. These examples are available under
5360@file{/etc/configuration} in the installation image, so you can copy
5361them and use them as a starting point for your own configuration.
5362
5363Once you are done preparing the configuration file, the new system must
5364be initialized (remember that the target root file system is mounted
5365under @file{/mnt}):
5366
5367@example
5368guix system init /mnt/etc/config.scm /mnt
5369@end example
5370
5371@noindent
5372This will copy all the necessary files, and install GRUB on
5373@file{/dev/sdX}, unless you pass the @option{--no-grub} option. For
5374more information, @pxref{Invoking guix system}. This command may trigger
5375downloads or builds of missing packages, which can take some time.
5376
5377Once that command has completed---and hopefully succeeded!---you can run
5378@command{reboot} and boot into the new system. The @code{root} password
5379in the new system is initially empty; other users' passwords need to be
5380initialized by running the @command{passwd} command as @code{root},
5381unless your configuration specifies otherwise
5382(@pxref{user-account-password, user account passwords}).
5383
5384Join us on @code{#guix} on the Freenode IRC network or on
5385@file{guix-devel@@gnu.org} to share your experience---good or not so
5386good.
5387
5388@subsection Building the Installation Image
5389
5390The installation image described above was built using the @command{guix
5391system} command, specifically:
5392
5393@example
5394guix system disk-image --image-size=850MiB gnu/system/install.scm
5395@end example
5396
5397@xref{Invoking guix system}, for more information. See
5398@file{gnu/system/install.scm} in the source tree for more information
5399about the installation image.
5400
5401@node System Configuration
5402@section System Configuration
5403
5404@cindex system configuration
5405The Guix System Distribution supports a consistent whole-system configuration
5406mechanism. By that we mean that all aspects of the global system
5407configuration---such as the available system services, timezone and
5408locale settings, user accounts---are declared in a single place. Such
5409a @dfn{system configuration} can be @dfn{instantiated}---i.e., effected.
5410
5411One of the advantages of putting all the system configuration under the
5412control of Guix is that it supports transactional system upgrades, and
5413makes it possible to roll-back to a previous system instantiation,
5414should something go wrong with the new one (@pxref{Features}). Another
5415one is that it makes it easy to replicate the exact same configuration
5416across different machines, or at different points in time, without
5417having to resort to additional administration tools layered on top of
5418the system's own tools.
5419@c Yes, we're talking of Puppet, Chef, & co. here. ↑
5420
5421This section describes this mechanism. First we focus on the system
5422administrator's viewpoint---explaining how the system is configured and
5423instantiated. Then we show how this mechanism can be extended, for
5424instance to support new system services.
5425
5426@menu
5427* Using the Configuration System:: Customizing your GNU system.
5428* operating-system Reference:: Detail of operating-system declarations.
5429* File Systems:: Configuring file system mounts.
5430* Mapped Devices:: Block device extra processing.
5431* User Accounts:: Specifying user accounts.
5432* Locales:: Language and cultural convention settings.
5433* Services:: Specifying system services.
5434* Setuid Programs:: Programs running with root privileges.
5435* X.509 Certificates:: Authenticating HTTPS servers.
5436* Name Service Switch:: Configuring libc's name service switch.
5437* Initial RAM Disk:: Linux-Libre bootstrapping.
5438* GRUB Configuration:: Configuring the boot loader.
5439* Invoking guix system:: Instantiating a system configuration.
5440* Defining Services:: Adding new service definitions.
5441@end menu
5442
5443@node Using the Configuration System
5444@subsection Using the Configuration System
5445
5446The operating system is configured by providing an
5447@code{operating-system} declaration in a file that can then be passed to
5448the @command{guix system} command (@pxref{Invoking guix system}). A
5449simple setup, with the default system services, the default Linux-Libre
5450kernel, initial RAM disk, and boot loader looks like this:
5451
5452@findex operating-system
5453@lisp
5454@include os-config-bare-bones.texi
5455@end lisp
5456
5457This example should be self-describing. Some of the fields defined
5458above, such as @code{host-name} and @code{bootloader}, are mandatory.
5459Others, such as @code{packages} and @code{services}, can be omitted, in
5460which case they get a default value.
5461
5462@vindex %base-packages
5463The @code{packages} field lists
5464packages that will be globally visible on the system, for all user
5465accounts---i.e., in every user's @code{PATH} environment variable---in
5466addition to the per-user profiles (@pxref{Invoking guix package}). The
5467@var{%base-packages} variable provides all the tools one would expect
5468for basic user and administrator tasks---including the GNU Core
5469Utilities, the GNU Networking Utilities, the GNU Zile lightweight text
5470editor, @command{find}, @command{grep}, etc. The example above adds
5471tcpdump to those, taken from the @code{(gnu packages admin)} module
5472(@pxref{Package Modules}).
5473
5474@vindex %base-services
5475The @code{services} field lists @dfn{system services} to be made
5476available when the system starts (@pxref{Services}).
5477The @code{operating-system} declaration above specifies that, in
5478addition to the basic services, we want the @command{lshd} secure shell
5479daemon listening on port 2222 (@pxref{Networking Services,
5480@code{lsh-service}}). Under the hood,
5481@code{lsh-service} arranges so that @code{lshd} is started with the
5482right command-line options, possibly with supporting configuration files
5483generated as needed (@pxref{Defining Services}).
5484
5485@cindex customization, of services
5486@findex modify-services
5487Occasionally, instead of using the base services as is, you will want to
5488customize them. For instance, to change the configuration of
5489@code{guix-daemon} and Mingetty (the console log-in), you may write the
5490following instead of @var{%base-services}:
5491
5492@lisp
5493(modify-services %base-services
5494 (guix-service-type config =>
5495 (guix-configuration
5496 (inherit config)
5497 (use-substitutes? #f)
5498 (extra-options '("--gc-keep-outputs"))))
5499 (mingetty-service-type config =>
5500 (mingetty-configuration
5501 (inherit config)
5502 (motd (plain-file "motd" "Hi there!")))))
5503@end lisp
5504
5505@noindent
5506The effect here is to change the options passed to @command{guix-daemon}
5507when it is started, as well as the ``message of the day'' that appears
5508when logging in at the console. @xref{Service Reference,
5509@code{modify-services}}, for more on that.
5510
5511The configuration for a typical ``desktop'' usage, with the X11 display
5512server, a desktop environment, network management, power management, and
5513more, would look like this:
5514
5515@lisp
5516@include os-config-desktop.texi
5517@end lisp
5518
5519@xref{Desktop Services}, for the exact list of services provided by
5520@var{%desktop-services}. @xref{X.509 Certificates}, for background
5521information about the @code{nss-certs} package that is used here.
5522@xref{operating-system Reference}, for details about all the available
5523@code{operating-system} fields.
5524
5525Assuming the above snippet is stored in the @file{my-system-config.scm}
5526file, the @command{guix system reconfigure my-system-config.scm} command
5527instantiates that configuration, and makes it the default GRUB boot
5528entry (@pxref{Invoking guix system}).
5529
5530The normal way to change the system's configuration is by updating this
5531file and re-running @command{guix system reconfigure}. One should never
5532have to touch files in @command{/etc} or to run commands that modify the
5533system state such as @command{useradd} or @command{grub-install}. In
5534fact, you must avoid that since that would not only void your warranty
5535but also prevent you from rolling back to previous versions of your
5536system, should you ever need to.
5537
5538@cindex roll-back, of the operating system
5539Speaking of roll-back, each time you run @command{guix system
5540reconfigure}, a new @dfn{generation} of the system is created---without
5541modifying or deleting previous generations. Old system generations get
5542an entry in the GRUB boot menu, allowing you to boot them in case
5543something went wrong with the latest generation. Reassuring, no? The
5544@command{guix system list-generations} command lists the system
5545generations available on disk.
5546
5547At the Scheme level, the bulk of an @code{operating-system} declaration
5548is instantiated with the following monadic procedure (@pxref{The Store
5549Monad}):
5550
5551@deffn {Monadic Procedure} operating-system-derivation os
5552Return a derivation that builds @var{os}, an @code{operating-system}
5553object (@pxref{Derivations}).
5554
5555The output of the derivation is a single directory that refers to all
5556the packages, configuration files, and other supporting files needed to
5557instantiate @var{os}.
5558@end deffn
5559
5560@node operating-system Reference
5561@subsection @code{operating-system} Reference
5562
5563This section summarizes all the options available in
5564@code{operating-system} declarations (@pxref{Using the Configuration
5565System}).
5566
5567@deftp {Data Type} operating-system
5568This is the data type representing an operating system configuration.
5569By that, we mean all the global system configuration, not per-user
5570configuration (@pxref{Using the Configuration System}).
5571
5572@table @asis
5573@item @code{kernel} (default: @var{linux-libre})
5574The package object of the operating system kernel to use@footnote{Currently
5575only the Linux-libre kernel is supported. In the future, it will be
5576possible to use the GNU@tie{}Hurd.}.
5577
5578@item @code{kernel-arguments} (default: @code{'()})
5579List of strings or gexps representing additional arguments to pass on
5580the kernel's command-line---e.g., @code{("console=ttyS0")}.
5581
5582@item @code{bootloader}
5583The system bootloader configuration object. @xref{GRUB Configuration}.
5584
5585@item @code{initrd} (default: @code{base-initrd})
5586A two-argument monadic procedure that returns an initial RAM disk for
5587the Linux kernel. @xref{Initial RAM Disk}.
5588
5589@item @code{firmware} (default: @var{%base-firmware})
5590@cindex firmware
5591List of firmware packages loadable by the operating system kernel.
5592
5593The default includes firmware needed for Atheros-based WiFi devices
5594(Linux-libre module @code{ath9k}.)
5595
5596@item @code{host-name}
5597The host name.
5598
5599@item @code{hosts-file}
5600@cindex hosts file
5601A file-like object (@pxref{G-Expressions, file-like objects}) for use as
5602@file{/etc/hosts} (@pxref{Host Names,,, libc, The GNU C Library
5603Reference Manual}). The default is a file with entries for
5604@code{localhost} and @var{host-name}.
5605
5606@item @code{mapped-devices} (default: @code{'()})
5607A list of mapped devices. @xref{Mapped Devices}.
5608
5609@item @code{file-systems}
5610A list of file systems. @xref{File Systems}.
5611
5612@item @code{swap-devices} (default: @code{'()})
5613@cindex swap devices
5614A list of strings identifying devices to be used for ``swap space''
5615(@pxref{Memory Concepts,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
5616For example, @code{'("/dev/sda3")}.
5617
5618@item @code{users} (default: @code{%base-user-accounts})
5619@itemx @code{groups} (default: @var{%base-groups})
5620List of user accounts and groups. @xref{User Accounts}.
5621
5622@item @code{skeletons} (default: @code{(default-skeletons)})
5623A monadic list of pairs of target file name and files. These are the
5624files that will be used as skeletons as new accounts are created.
5625
5626For instance, a valid value may look like this:
5627
5628@example
5629(mlet %store-monad ((bashrc (text-file "bashrc" "\
5630 export PATH=$HOME/.guix-profile/bin")))
5631 (return `((".bashrc" ,bashrc))))
5632@end example
5633
5634@item @code{issue} (default: @var{%default-issue})
5635A string denoting the contents of the @file{/etc/issue} file, which is
5636what displayed when users log in on a text console.
5637
5638@item @code{packages} (default: @var{%base-packages})
5639The set of packages installed in the global profile, which is accessible
5640at @file{/run/current-system/profile}.
5641
5642The default set includes core utilities, but it is good practice to
5643install non-core utilities in user profiles (@pxref{Invoking guix
5644package}).
5645
5646@item @code{timezone}
5647A timezone identifying string---e.g., @code{"Europe/Paris"}.
5648
5649@item @code{locale} (default: @code{"en_US.utf8"})
5650The name of the default locale (@pxref{Locale Names,,, libc, The GNU C
5651Library Reference Manual}). @xref{Locales}, for more information.
5652
5653@item @code{locale-definitions} (default: @var{%default-locale-definitions})
5654The list of locale definitions to be compiled and that may be used at
5655run time. @xref{Locales}.
5656
5657@item @code{locale-libcs} (default: @code{(list @var{glibc})})
5658The list of GNU@tie{}libc packages whose locale data and tools are used
5659to build the locale definitions. @xref{Locales}, for compatibility
5660considerations that justify this option.
5661
5662@item @code{name-service-switch} (default: @var{%default-nss})
5663Configuration of libc's name service switch (NSS)---a
5664@code{<name-service-switch>} object. @xref{Name Service Switch}, for
5665details.
5666
5667@item @code{services} (default: @var{%base-services})
5668A list of monadic values denoting system services. @xref{Services}.
5669
5670@item @code{pam-services} (default: @code{(base-pam-services)})
5671@cindex PAM
5672@cindex pluggable authentication modules
5673Linux @dfn{pluggable authentication module} (PAM) services.
5674@c FIXME: Add xref to PAM services section.
5675
5676@item @code{setuid-programs} (default: @var{%setuid-programs})
5677List of string-valued G-expressions denoting setuid programs.
5678@xref{Setuid Programs}.
5679
5680@item @code{sudoers-file} (default: @var{%sudoers-specification})
5681@cindex sudoers file
5682The contents of the @file{/etc/sudoers} file as a file-like object
5683(@pxref{G-Expressions, @code{local-file} and @code{plain-file}}).
5684
5685This file specifies which users can use the @command{sudo} command, what
5686they are allowed to do, and what privileges they may gain. The default
5687is that only @code{root} and members of the @code{wheel} group may use
5688@code{sudo}.
5689
5690@end table
5691@end deftp
5692
5693@node File Systems
5694@subsection File Systems
5695
5696The list of file systems to be mounted is specified in the
5697@code{file-systems} field of the operating system's declaration
5698(@pxref{Using the Configuration System}). Each file system is declared
5699using the @code{file-system} form, like this:
5700
5701@example
5702(file-system
5703 (mount-point "/home")
5704 (device "/dev/sda3")
5705 (type "ext4"))
5706@end example
5707
5708As usual, some of the fields are mandatory---those shown in the example
5709above---while others can be omitted. These are described below.
5710
5711@deftp {Data Type} file-system
5712Objects of this type represent file systems to be mounted. They
5713contain the following members:
5714
5715@table @asis
5716@item @code{type}
5717This is a string specifying the type of the file system---e.g.,
5718@code{"ext4"}.
5719
5720@item @code{mount-point}
5721This designates the place where the file system is to be mounted.
5722
5723@item @code{device}
5724This names the ``source'' of the file system. By default it is the name
5725of a node under @file{/dev}, but its meaning depends on the @code{title}
5726field described below.
5727
5728@item @code{title} (default: @code{'device})
5729This is a symbol that specifies how the @code{device} field is to be
5730interpreted.
5731
5732When it is the symbol @code{device}, then the @code{device} field is
5733interpreted as a file name; when it is @code{label}, then @code{device}
5734is interpreted as a partition label name; when it is @code{uuid},
5735@code{device} is interpreted as a partition unique identifier (UUID).
5736
5737UUIDs may be converted from their string representation (as shown by the
5738@command{tune2fs -l} command) using the @code{uuid} form, like this:
5739
5740@example
5741(file-system
5742 (mount-point "/home")
5743 (type "ext4")
5744 (title 'uuid)
5745 (device (uuid "4dab5feb-d176-45de-b287-9b0a6e4c01cb")))
5746@end example
5747
5748The @code{label} and @code{uuid} options offer a way to refer to disk
5749partitions without having to hard-code their actual device
5750name@footnote{Note that, while it is tempting to use
5751@file{/dev/disk/by-uuid} and similar device names to achieve the same
5752result, this is not recommended: These special device nodes are created
5753by the udev daemon and may be unavailable at the time the device is
5754mounted.}.
5755
5756However, when a file system's source is a mapped device (@pxref{Mapped
5757Devices}), its @code{device} field @emph{must} refer to the mapped
5758device name---e.g., @file{/dev/mapper/root-partition}---and consequently
5759@code{title} must be set to @code{'device}. This is required so that
5760the system knows that mounting the file system depends on having the
5761corresponding device mapping established.
5762
5763@item @code{flags} (default: @code{'()})
5764This is a list of symbols denoting mount flags. Recognized flags
5765include @code{read-only}, @code{bind-mount}, @code{no-dev} (disallow
5766access to special files), @code{no-suid} (ignore setuid and setgid
5767bits), and @code{no-exec} (disallow program execution.)
5768
5769@item @code{options} (default: @code{#f})
5770This is either @code{#f}, or a string denoting mount options.
5771
5772@item @code{needed-for-boot?} (default: @code{#f})
5773This Boolean value indicates whether the file system is needed when
5774booting. If that is true, then the file system is mounted when the
5775initial RAM disk (initrd) is loaded. This is always the case, for
5776instance, for the root file system.
5777
5778@item @code{check?} (default: @code{#t})
5779This Boolean indicates whether the file system needs to be checked for
5780errors before being mounted.
5781
5782@item @code{create-mount-point?} (default: @code{#f})
5783When true, the mount point is created if it does not exist yet.
5784
5785@item @code{dependencies} (default: @code{'()})
5786This is a list of @code{<file-system>} objects representing file systems
5787that must be mounted before (and unmounted after) this one.
5788
5789As an example, consider a hierarchy of mounts: @file{/sys/fs/cgroup} is
5790a dependency of @file{/sys/fs/cgroup/cpu} and
5791@file{/sys/fs/cgroup/memory}.
5792
5793@end table
5794@end deftp
5795
5796The @code{(gnu system file-systems)} exports the following useful
5797variables.
5798
5799@defvr {Scheme Variable} %base-file-systems
5800These are essential file systems that are required on normal systems,
5801such as @var{%pseudo-terminal-file-system} and @var{%immutable-store} (see
5802below.) Operating system declarations should always contain at least
5803these.
5804@end defvr
5805
5806@defvr {Scheme Variable} %pseudo-terminal-file-system
5807This is the file system to be mounted as @file{/dev/pts}. It supports
5808@dfn{pseudo-terminals} created @i{via} @code{openpty} and similar
5809functions (@pxref{Pseudo-Terminals,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference
5810Manual}). Pseudo-terminals are used by terminal emulators such as
5811@command{xterm}.
5812@end defvr
5813
5814@defvr {Scheme Variable} %shared-memory-file-system
5815This file system is mounted as @file{/dev/shm} and is used to support
5816memory sharing across processes (@pxref{Memory-mapped I/O,
5817@code{shm_open},, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
5818@end defvr
5819
5820@defvr {Scheme Variable} %immutable-store
5821This file system performs a read-only ``bind mount'' of
5822@file{/gnu/store}, making it read-only for all the users including
5823@code{root}. This prevents against accidental modification by software
5824running as @code{root} or by system administrators.
5825
5826The daemon itself is still able to write to the store: it remounts it
5827read-write in its own ``name space.''
5828@end defvr
5829
5830@defvr {Scheme Variable} %binary-format-file-system
5831The @code{binfmt_misc} file system, which allows handling of arbitrary
5832executable file types to be delegated to user space. This requires the
5833@code{binfmt.ko} kernel module to be loaded.
5834@end defvr
5835
5836@defvr {Scheme Variable} %fuse-control-file-system
5837The @code{fusectl} file system, which allows unprivileged users to mount
5838and unmount user-space FUSE file systems. This requires the
5839@code{fuse.ko} kernel module to be loaded.
5840@end defvr
5841
5842@node Mapped Devices
5843@subsection Mapped Devices
5844
5845@cindex device mapping
5846@cindex mapped devices
5847The Linux kernel has a notion of @dfn{device mapping}: a block device,
5848such as a hard disk partition, can be @dfn{mapped} into another device,
5849with additional processing over the data that flows through
5850it@footnote{Note that the GNU@tie{}Hurd makes no difference between the
5851concept of a ``mapped device'' and that of a file system: both boil down
5852to @emph{translating} input/output operations made on a file to
5853operations on its backing store. Thus, the Hurd implements mapped
5854devices, like file systems, using the generic @dfn{translator} mechanism
5855(@pxref{Translators,,, hurd, The GNU Hurd Reference Manual}).}. A
5856typical example is encryption device mapping: all writes to the mapped
5857device are encrypted, and all reads are deciphered, transparently.
5858
5859Mapped devices are declared using the @code{mapped-device} form:
5860
5861@example
5862(mapped-device
5863 (source "/dev/sda3")
5864 (target "home")
5865 (type luks-device-mapping))
5866@end example
5867
5868@noindent
5869@cindex disk encryption
5870@cindex LUKS
5871This example specifies a mapping from @file{/dev/sda3} to
5872@file{/dev/mapper/home} using LUKS---the
5873@url{http://code.google.com/p/cryptsetup,Linux Unified Key Setup}, a
5874standard mechanism for disk encryption. The @file{/dev/mapper/home}
5875device can then be used as the @code{device} of a @code{file-system}
5876declaration (@pxref{File Systems}). The @code{mapped-device} form is
5877detailed below.
5878
5879@deftp {Data Type} mapped-device
5880Objects of this type represent device mappings that will be made when
5881the system boots up.
5882
5883@table @code
5884@item source
5885This string specifies the name of the block device to be mapped, such as
5886@code{"/dev/sda3"}.
5887
5888@item target
5889This string specifies the name of the mapping to be established. For
5890example, specifying @code{"my-partition"} will lead to the creation of
5891the @code{"/dev/mapper/my-partition"} device.
5892
5893@item type
5894This must be a @code{mapped-device-kind} object, which specifies how
5895@var{source} is mapped to @var{target}.
5896@end table
5897@end deftp
5898
5899@defvr {Scheme Variable} luks-device-mapping
5900This defines LUKS block device encryption using the @command{cryptsetup}
5901command, from the same-named package. This relies on the
5902@code{dm-crypt} Linux kernel module.
5903@end defvr
5904
5905@node User Accounts
5906@subsection User Accounts
5907
5908User accounts and groups are entirely managed through the
5909@code{operating-system} declaration. They are specified with the
5910@code{user-account} and @code{user-group} forms:
5911
5912@example
5913(user-account
5914 (name "alice")
5915 (group "users")
5916 (supplementary-groups '("wheel" ;allow use of sudo, etc.
5917 "audio" ;sound card
5918 "video" ;video devices such as webcams
5919 "cdrom")) ;the good ol' CD-ROM
5920 (comment "Bob's sister")
5921 (home-directory "/home/alice"))
5922@end example
5923
5924When booting or upon completion of @command{guix system reconfigure},
5925the system ensures that only the user accounts and groups specified in
5926the @code{operating-system} declaration exist, and with the specified
5927properties. Thus, account or group creations or modifications made by
5928directly invoking commands such as @command{useradd} are lost upon
5929reconfiguration or reboot. This ensures that the system remains exactly
5930as declared.
5931
5932@deftp {Data Type} user-account
5933Objects of this type represent user accounts. The following members may
5934be specified:
5935
5936@table @asis
5937@item @code{name}
5938The name of the user account.
5939
5940@item @code{group}
5941This is the name (a string) or identifier (a number) of the user group
5942this account belongs to.
5943
5944@item @code{supplementary-groups} (default: @code{'()})
5945Optionally, this can be defined as a list of group names that this
5946account belongs to.
5947
5948@item @code{uid} (default: @code{#f})
5949This is the user ID for this account (a number), or @code{#f}. In the
5950latter case, a number is automatically chosen by the system when the
5951account is created.
5952
5953@item @code{comment} (default: @code{""})
5954A comment about the account, such as the account's owner full name.
5955
5956@item @code{home-directory}
5957This is the name of the home directory for the account.
5958
5959@item @code{shell} (default: Bash)
5960This is a G-expression denoting the file name of a program to be used as
5961the shell (@pxref{G-Expressions}).
5962
5963@item @code{system?} (default: @code{#f})
5964This Boolean value indicates whether the account is a ``system''
5965account. System accounts are sometimes treated specially; for instance,
5966graphical login managers do not list them.
5967
5968@anchor{user-account-password}
5969@item @code{password} (default: @code{#f})
5970You would normally leave this field to @code{#f}, initialize user
5971passwords as @code{root} with the @command{passwd} command, and then let
5972users change it with @command{passwd}. Passwords set with
5973@command{passwd} are of course preserved across reboot and
5974reconfiguration.
5975
5976If you @emph{do} want to have a preset password for an account, then
5977this field must contain the encrypted password, as a string.
5978@xref{crypt,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}, for more information
5979on password encryption, and @ref{Encryption,,, guile, GNU Guile Reference
5980Manual}, for information on Guile's @code{crypt} procedure.
5981
5982@end table
5983@end deftp
5984
5985User group declarations are even simpler:
5986
5987@example
5988(user-group (name "students"))
5989@end example
5990
5991@deftp {Data Type} user-group
5992This type is for, well, user groups. There are just a few fields:
5993
5994@table @asis
5995@item @code{name}
5996The group's name.
5997
5998@item @code{id} (default: @code{#f})
5999The group identifier (a number). If @code{#f}, a new number is
6000automatically allocated when the group is created.
6001
6002@item @code{system?} (default: @code{#f})
6003This Boolean value indicates whether the group is a ``system'' group.
6004System groups have low numerical IDs.
6005
6006@item @code{password} (default: @code{#f})
6007What, user groups can have a password? Well, apparently yes. Unless
6008@code{#f}, this field specifies the group's password.
6009
6010@end table
6011@end deftp
6012
6013For convenience, a variable lists all the basic user groups one may
6014expect:
6015
6016@defvr {Scheme Variable} %base-groups
6017This is the list of basic user groups that users and/or packages expect
6018to be present on the system. This includes groups such as ``root'',
6019``wheel'', and ``users'', as well as groups used to control access to
6020specific devices such as ``audio'', ``disk'', and ``cdrom''.
6021@end defvr
6022
6023@defvr {Scheme Variable} %base-user-accounts
6024This is the list of basic system accounts that programs may expect to
6025find on a GNU/Linux system, such as the ``nobody'' account.
6026
6027Note that the ``root'' account is not included here. It is a
6028special-case and is automatically added whether or not it is specified.
6029@end defvr
6030
6031@node Locales
6032@subsection Locales
6033
6034@cindex locale
6035A @dfn{locale} defines cultural conventions for a particular language
6036and region of the world (@pxref{Locales,,, libc, The GNU C Library
6037Reference Manual}). Each locale has a name that typically has the form
6038@code{@var{language}_@var{territory}.@var{codeset}}---e.g.,
6039@code{fr_LU.utf8} designates the locale for the French language, with
6040cultural conventions from Luxembourg, and using the UTF-8 encoding.
6041
6042@cindex locale definition
6043Usually, you will want to specify the default locale for the machine
6044using the @code{locale} field of the @code{operating-system} declaration
6045(@pxref{operating-system Reference, @code{locale}}).
6046
6047That locale must be among the @dfn{locale definitions} that are known to
6048the system---and these are specified in the @code{locale-definitions}
6049slot of @code{operating-system}. The default value includes locale
6050definition for some widely used locales, but not for all the available
6051locales, in order to save space.
6052
6053If the locale specified in the @code{locale} field is not among the
6054definitions listed in @code{locale-definitions}, @command{guix system}
6055raises an error. In that case, you should add the locale definition to
6056the @code{locale-definitions} field. For instance, to add the North
6057Frisian locale for Germany, the value of that field may be:
6058
6059@example
6060(cons (locale-definition
6061 (name "fy_DE.utf8") (source "fy_DE"))
6062 %default-locale-definitions)
6063@end example
6064
6065Likewise, to save space, one might want @code{locale-definitions} to
6066list only the locales that are actually used, as in:
6067
6068@example
6069(list (locale-definition
6070 (name "ja_JP.eucjp") (source "ja_JP")
6071 (charset "EUC-JP")))
6072@end example
6073
6074@vindex LOCPATH
6075The compiled locale definitions are available at
6076@file{/run/current-system/locale/X.Y}, where @code{X.Y} is the libc
6077version, which is the default location where the GNU@tie{}libc provided
6078by Guix looks for locale data. This can be overridden using the
6079@code{LOCPATH} environment variable (@pxref{locales-and-locpath,
6080@code{LOCPATH} and locale packages}).
6081
6082The @code{locale-definition} form is provided by the @code{(gnu system
6083locale)} module. Details are given below.
6084
6085@deftp {Data Type} locale-definition
6086This is the data type of a locale definition.
6087
6088@table @asis
6089
6090@item @code{name}
6091The name of the locale. @xref{Locale Names,,, libc, The GNU C Library
6092Reference Manual}, for more information on locale names.
6093
6094@item @code{source}
6095The name of the source for that locale. This is typically the
6096@code{@var{language}_@var{territory}} part of the locale name.
6097
6098@item @code{charset} (default: @code{"UTF-8"})
6099The ``character set'' or ``code set'' for that locale,
6100@uref{http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets, as defined by
6101IANA}.
6102
6103@end table
6104@end deftp
6105
6106@defvr {Scheme Variable} %default-locale-definitions
6107An arbitrary list of commonly used UTF-8 locales, used as the default
6108value of the @code{locale-definitions} field of @code{operating-system}
6109declarations.
6110
6111@cindex locale name
6112@cindex normalized codeset in locale names
6113These locale definitions use the @dfn{normalized codeset} for the part
6114that follows the dot in the name (@pxref{Using gettextized software,
6115normalized codeset,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}). So for
6116instance it has @code{uk_UA.utf8} but @emph{not}, say,
6117@code{uk_UA.UTF-8}.
6118@end defvr
6119
6120@subsubsection Locale Data Compatibility Considerations
6121
6122@cindex incompatibility, of locale data
6123@code{operating-system} declarations provide a @code{locale-libcs} field
6124to specify the GNU@tie{}libc packages that are used to compile locale
6125declarations (@pxref{operating-system Reference}). ``Why would I
6126care?'', you may ask. Well, it turns out that the binary format of
6127locale data is occasionally incompatible from one libc version to
6128another.
6129
6130@c See <https://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2015-09/msg00575.html>
6131@c and <https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/guix-devel/2015-08/msg00737.html>.
6132For instance, a program linked against libc version 2.21 is unable to
6133read locale data produced with libc 2.22; worse, that program
6134@emph{aborts} instead of simply ignoring the incompatible locale
6135data@footnote{Versions 2.23 and later of GNU@tie{}libc will simply skip
6136the incompatible locale data, which is already an improvement.}.
6137Similarly, a program linked against libc 2.22 can read most, but not
6138all, the locale data from libc 2.21 (specifically, @code{LC_COLLATE}
6139data is incompatible); thus calls to @code{setlocale} may fail, but
6140programs will not abort.
6141
6142The ``problem'' in GuixSD is that users have a lot of freedom: They can
6143choose whether and when to upgrade software in their profiles, and might
6144be using a libc version different from the one the system administrator
6145used to build the system-wide locale data.
6146
6147Fortunately, unprivileged users can also install their own locale data
6148and define @var{GUIX_LOCPATH} accordingly (@pxref{locales-and-locpath,
6149@code{GUIX_LOCPATH} and locale packages}).
6150
6151Still, it is best if the system-wide locale data at
6152@file{/run/current-system/locale} is built for all the libc versions
6153actually in use on the system, so that all the programs can access
6154it---this is especially crucial on a multi-user system. To do that, the
6155administrator can specify several libc packages in the
6156@code{locale-libcs} field of @code{operating-system}:
6157
6158@example
6159(use-package-modules base)
6160
6161(operating-system
6162 ;; @dots{}
6163 (locale-libcs (list glibc-2.21 (canonical-package glibc))))
6164@end example
6165
6166This example would lead to a system containing locale definitions for
6167both libc 2.21 and the current version of libc in
6168@file{/run/current-system/locale}.
6169
6170
6171@node Services
6172@subsection Services
6173
6174@cindex system services
6175An important part of preparing an @code{operating-system} declaration is
6176listing @dfn{system services} and their configuration (@pxref{Using the
6177Configuration System}). System services are typically daemons launched
6178when the system boots, or other actions needed at that time---e.g.,
6179configuring network access.
6180
6181Services are managed by GNU@tie{}dmd (@pxref{Introduction,,, dmd, GNU
6182dmd Manual}). On a running system, the @command{deco} command allows
6183you to list the available services, show their status, start and stop
6184them, or do other specific operations (@pxref{Jump Start,,, dmd, GNU dmd
6185Manual}). For example:
6186
6187@example
6188# deco status dmd
6189@end example
6190
6191The above command, run as @code{root}, lists the currently defined
6192services. The @command{deco doc} command shows a synopsis of the given
6193service:
6194
6195@example
6196# deco doc nscd
6197Run libc's name service cache daemon (nscd).
6198@end example
6199
6200The @command{start}, @command{stop}, and @command{restart} sub-commands
6201have the effect you would expect. For instance, the commands below stop
6202the nscd service and restart the Xorg display server:
6203
6204@example
6205# deco stop nscd
6206Service nscd has been stopped.
6207# deco restart xorg-server
6208Service xorg-server has been stopped.
6209Service xorg-server has been started.
6210@end example
6211
6212The following sections document the available services, starting with
6213the core services, that may be used in an @code{operating-system}
6214declaration.
6215
6216@menu
6217* Base Services:: Essential system services.
6218* Networking Services:: Network setup, SSH daemon, etc.
6219* X Window:: Graphical display.
6220* Desktop Services:: D-Bus and desktop services.
6221* Database Services:: SQL databases.
6222* Web Services:: Web servers.
6223* Various Services:: Other services.
6224@end menu
6225
6226@node Base Services
6227@subsubsection Base Services
6228
6229The @code{(gnu services base)} module provides definitions for the basic
6230services that one expects from the system. The services exported by
6231this module are listed below.
6232
6233@defvr {Scheme Variable} %base-services
6234This variable contains a list of basic services@footnote{Technically,
6235this is a list of monadic services. @xref{The Store Monad}.} one would
6236expect from the system: a login service (mingetty) on each tty, syslogd,
6237libc's name service cache daemon (nscd), the udev device manager, and
6238more.
6239
6240This is the default value of the @code{services} field of
6241@code{operating-system} declarations. Usually, when customizing a
6242system, you will want to append services to @var{%base-services}, like
6243this:
6244
6245@example
6246(cons* (avahi-service) (lsh-service) %base-services)
6247@end example
6248@end defvr
6249
6250@deffn {Scheme Procedure} host-name-service @var{name}
6251Return a service that sets the host name to @var{name}.
6252@end deffn
6253
6254@deffn {Scheme Procedure} mingetty-service @var{config}
6255Return a service to run mingetty according to @var{config}, a
6256@code{<mingetty-configuration>} object, which specifies the tty to run, among
6257other things.
6258@end deffn
6259
6260@deftp {Data Type} mingetty-configuration
6261This is the data type representing the configuration of Mingetty, which
6262implements console log-in.
6263
6264@table @asis
6265
6266@item @code{tty}
6267The name of the console this Mingetty runs on---e.g., @code{"tty1"}.
6268
6269@item @code{motd}
6270A file-like object containing the ``message of the day''.
6271
6272@item @code{auto-login} (default: @code{#f})
6273When true, this field must be a string denoting the user name under
6274which the the system automatically logs in. When it is @code{#f}, a
6275user name and password must be entered to log in.
6276
6277@item @code{login-program} (default: @code{#f})
6278This must be either @code{#f}, in which case the default log-in program
6279is used (@command{login} from the Shadow tool suite), or a gexp denoting
6280the name of the log-in program.
6281
6282@item @code{login-pause?} (default: @code{#f})
6283When set to @code{#t} in conjunction with @var{auto-login}, the user
6284will have to press a key before the log-in shell is launched.
6285
6286@item @code{mingetty} (default: @var{mingetty})
6287The Mingetty package to use.
6288
6289@end table
6290@end deftp
6291
6292@cindex name service cache daemon
6293@cindex nscd
6294@deffn {Scheme Procedure} nscd-service [@var{config}] [#:glibc glibc] @
6295 [#:name-services '()]
6296Return a service that runs libc's name service cache daemon (nscd) with the
6297given @var{config}---an @code{<nscd-configuration>} object. @xref{Name
6298Service Switch}, for an example.
6299@end deffn
6300
6301@defvr {Scheme Variable} %nscd-default-configuration
6302This is the default @code{<nscd-configuration>} value (see below) used
6303by @code{nscd-service}. This uses the caches defined by
6304@var{%nscd-default-caches}; see below.
6305@end defvr
6306
6307@deftp {Data Type} nscd-configuration
6308This is the type representing the name service cache daemon (nscd)
6309configuration.
6310
6311@table @asis
6312
6313@item @code{name-services} (default: @code{'()})
6314List of packages denoting @dfn{name services} that must be visible to
6315the nscd---e.g., @code{(list @var{nss-mdns})}.
6316
6317@item @code{glibc} (default: @var{glibc})
6318Package object denoting the GNU C Library providing the @command{nscd}
6319command.
6320
6321@item @code{log-file} (default: @code{"/var/log/nscd.log"})
6322Name of nscd's log file. This is where debugging output goes when
6323@code{debug-level} is strictly positive.
6324
6325@item @code{debug-level} (default: @code{0})
6326Integer denoting the debugging levels. Higher numbers mean more
6327debugging output is logged.
6328
6329@item @code{caches} (default: @var{%nscd-default-caches})
6330List of @code{<nscd-cache>} objects denoting things to be cached; see
6331below.
6332
6333@end table
6334@end deftp
6335
6336@deftp {Data Type} nscd-cache
6337Data type representing a cache database of nscd and its parameters.
6338
6339@table @asis
6340
6341@item @code{database}
6342This is a symbol representing the name of the database to be cached.
6343Valid values are @code{passwd}, @code{group}, @code{hosts}, and
6344@code{services}, which designate the corresponding NSS database
6345(@pxref{NSS Basics,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
6346
6347@item @code{positive-time-to-live}
6348@itemx @code{negative-time-to-live} (default: @code{20})
6349A number representing the number of seconds during which a positive or
6350negative lookup result remains in cache.
6351
6352@item @code{check-files?} (default: @code{#t})
6353Whether to check for updates of the files corresponding to
6354@var{database}.
6355
6356For instance, when @var{database} is @code{hosts}, setting this flag
6357instructs nscd to check for updates in @file{/etc/hosts} and to take
6358them into account.
6359
6360@item @code{persistent?} (default: @code{#t})
6361Whether the cache should be stored persistently on disk.
6362
6363@item @code{shared?} (default: @code{#t})
6364Whether the cache should be shared among users.
6365
6366@item @code{max-database-size} (default: 32@tie{}MiB)
6367Maximum size in bytes of the database cache.
6368
6369@c XXX: 'suggested-size' and 'auto-propagate?' seem to be expert
6370@c settings, so leave them out.
6371
6372@end table
6373@end deftp
6374
6375@defvr {Scheme Variable} %nscd-default-caches
6376List of @code{<nscd-cache>} objects used by default by
6377@code{nscd-configuration} (see above.)
6378
6379It enables persistent and aggressive caching of service and host name
6380lookups. The latter provides better host name lookup performance,
6381resilience in the face of unreliable name servers, and also better
6382privacy---often the result of host name lookups is in local cache, so
6383external name servers do not even need to be queried.
6384@end defvr
6385
6386
6387@deffn {Scheme Procedure} syslog-service [#:config-file #f]
6388Return a service that runs @code{syslogd}. If configuration file name
6389@var{config-file} is not specified, use some reasonable default
6390settings.
6391@end deffn
6392
6393@anchor{guix-configuration-type}
6394@deftp {Data Type} guix-configuration
6395This data type represents the configuration of the Guix build daemon.
6396@xref{Invoking guix-daemon}, for more information.
6397
6398@table @asis
6399@item @code{guix} (default: @var{guix})
6400The Guix package to use.
6401
6402@item @code{build-group} (default: @code{"guixbuild"})
6403Name of the group for build user accounts.
6404
6405@item @code{build-accounts} (default: @code{10})
6406Number of build user accounts to create.
6407
6408@item @code{authorize-key?} (default: @code{#t})
6409Whether to authorize the substitute key for @code{hydra.gnu.org}
6410(@pxref{Substitutes}).
6411
6412@item @code{use-substitutes?} (default: @code{#t})
6413Whether to use substitutes.
6414
6415@item @code{substitute-urls} (default: @var{%default-substitute-urls})
6416The list of URLs where to look for substitutes by default.
6417
6418@item @code{extra-options} (default: @code{'()})
6419List of extra command-line options for @command{guix-daemon}.
6420
6421@item @code{lsof} (default: @var{lsof})
6422@itemx @code{lsh} (default: @var{lsh})
6423The lsof and lsh packages to use.
6424
6425@end table
6426@end deftp
6427
6428@deffn {Scheme Procedure} guix-service @var{config}
6429Return a service that runs the Guix build daemon according to
6430@var{config}.
6431@end deffn
6432
6433@deffn {Scheme Procedure} udev-service [#:udev udev]
6434Run @var{udev}, which populates the @file{/dev} directory dynamically.
6435@end deffn
6436
6437@deffn {Scheme Procedure} console-keymap-service @var{file}
6438Return a service to load console keymap from @var{file} using
6439@command{loadkeys} command.
6440@end deffn
6441
6442@anchor{guix-publish-service}
6443@deffn {Scheme Procedure} guix-publish-service [#:guix @var{guix}] @
6444 [#:port 80] [#:host "localhost"]
6445Return a service that runs @command{guix publish} listening on @var{host}
6446and @var{port} (@pxref{Invoking guix publish}).
6447
6448This assumes that @file{/etc/guix} already contains a signing key pair as
6449created by @command{guix archive --generate-key} (@pxref{Invoking guix
6450archive}). If that is not the case, the service will fail to start.
6451@end deffn
6452
6453
6454@node Networking Services
6455@subsubsection Networking Services
6456
6457The @code{(gnu services networking)} module provides services to configure
6458the network interface.
6459
6460@cindex DHCP, networking service
6461@deffn {Scheme Procedure} dhcp-client-service [#:dhcp @var{isc-dhcp}]
6462Return a service that runs @var{dhcp}, a Dynamic Host Configuration
6463Protocol (DHCP) client, on all the non-loopback network interfaces.
6464@end deffn
6465
6466@deffn {Scheme Procedure} static-networking-service @var{interface} @var{ip} @
6467 [#:gateway #f] [#:name-services @code{'()}]
6468Return a service that starts @var{interface} with address @var{ip}. If
6469@var{gateway} is true, it must be a string specifying the default network
6470gateway.
6471@end deffn
6472
6473@cindex wicd
6474@cindex network management
6475@deffn {Scheme Procedure} wicd-service [#:wicd @var{wicd}]
6476Return a service that runs @url{https://launchpad.net/wicd,Wicd}, a network
6477management daemon that aims to simplify wired and wireless networking.
6478
6479This service adds the @var{wicd} package to the global profile, providing
6480several commands to interact with the daemon and configure networking:
6481@command{wicd-client}, a graphical user interface, and the @command{wicd-cli}
6482and @command{wicd-curses} user interfaces.
6483@end deffn
6484
6485@deffn {Scheme Procedure} ntp-service [#:ntp @var{ntp}] @
6486 [#:name-service @var{%ntp-servers}]
6487Return a service that runs the daemon from @var{ntp}, the
6488@uref{http://www.ntp.org, Network Time Protocol package}. The daemon will
6489keep the system clock synchronized with that of @var{servers}.
6490@end deffn
6491
6492@defvr {Scheme Variable} %ntp-servers
6493List of host names used as the default NTP servers.
6494@end defvr
6495
6496@deffn {Scheme Procedure} tor-service [@var{config-file}] [#:tor @var{tor}]
6497Return a service to run the @uref{https://torproject.org, Tor} anonymous
6498networking daemon.
6499
6500The daemon runs as the @code{tor} unprivileged user. It is passed
6501@var{config-file}, a file-like object, with an additional @code{User tor}
6502line. Run @command{man tor} for information about the configuration file.
6503@end deffn
6504
6505@deffn {Scheme Procedure} bitlbee-service [#:bitlbee bitlbee] @
6506 [#:interface "127.0.0.1"] [#:port 6667] @
6507 [#:extra-settings ""]
6508Return a service that runs @url{http://bitlbee.org,BitlBee}, a daemon that
6509acts as a gateway between IRC and chat networks.
6510
6511The daemon will listen to the interface corresponding to the IP address
6512specified in @var{interface}, on @var{port}. @code{127.0.0.1} means that only
6513local clients can connect, whereas @code{0.0.0.0} means that connections can
6514come from any networking interface.
6515
6516In addition, @var{extra-settings} specifies a string to append to the
6517configuration file.
6518@end deffn
6519
6520Furthermore, @code{(gnu services ssh)} provides the following service.
6521
6522@deffn {Scheme Procedure} lsh-service [#:host-key "/etc/lsh/host-key"] @
6523 [#:daemonic? #t] [#:interfaces '()] [#:port-number 22] @
6524 [#:allow-empty-passwords? #f] [#:root-login? #f] @
6525 [#:syslog-output? #t] [#:x11-forwarding? #t] @
6526 [#:tcp/ip-forwarding? #t] [#:password-authentication? #t] @
6527 [#:public-key-authentication? #t] [#:initialize? #t]
6528Run the @command{lshd} program from @var{lsh} to listen on port @var{port-number}.
6529@var{host-key} must designate a file containing the host key, and readable
6530only by root.
6531
6532When @var{daemonic?} is true, @command{lshd} will detach from the
6533controlling terminal and log its output to syslogd, unless one sets
6534@var{syslog-output?} to false. Obviously, it also makes lsh-service
6535depend on existence of syslogd service. When @var{pid-file?} is true,
6536@command{lshd} writes its PID to the file called @var{pid-file}.
6537
6538When @var{initialize?} is true, automatically create the seed and host key
6539upon service activation if they do not exist yet. This may take long and
6540require interaction.
6541
6542When @var{initialize?} is false, it is up to the user to initialize the
6543randomness generator (@pxref{lsh-make-seed,,, lsh, LSH Manual}), and to create
6544a key pair with the private key stored in file @var{host-key} (@pxref{lshd
6545basics,,, lsh, LSH Manual}).
6546
6547When @var{interfaces} is empty, lshd listens for connections on all the
6548network interfaces; otherwise, @var{interfaces} must be a list of host names
6549or addresses.
6550
6551@var{allow-empty-passwords?} specifies whether to accept log-ins with empty
6552passwords, and @var{root-login?} specifies whether to accept log-ins as
6553root.
6554
6555The other options should be self-descriptive.
6556@end deffn
6557
6558@defvr {Scheme Variable} %facebook-host-aliases
6559This variable contains a string for use in @file{/etc/hosts}
6560(@pxref{Host Names,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}). Each
6561line contains a entry that maps a known server name of the Facebook
6562on-line service---e.g., @code{www.facebook.com}---to the local
6563host---@code{127.0.0.1} or its IPv6 equivalent, @code{::1}.
6564
6565This variable is typically used in the @code{hosts-file} field of an
6566@code{operating-system} declaration (@pxref{operating-system Reference,
6567@file{/etc/hosts}}):
6568
6569@example
6570(use-modules (gnu) (guix))
6571
6572(operating-system
6573 (host-name "mymachine")
6574 ;; ...
6575 (hosts-file
6576 ;; Create a /etc/hosts file with aliases for "localhost"
6577 ;; and "mymachine", as well as for Facebook servers.
6578 (plain-file "hosts"
6579 (string-append (local-host-aliases host-name)
6580 %facebook-host-aliases))))
6581@end example
6582
6583This mechanism can prevent programs running locally, such as Web
6584browsers, from accessing Facebook.
6585@end defvr
6586
6587The @code{(gnu services avahi)} provides the following definition.
6588
6589@deffn {Scheme Procedure} avahi-service [#:avahi @var{avahi}] @
6590 [#:host-name #f] [#:publish? #t] [#:ipv4? #t] @
6591 [#:ipv6? #t] [#:wide-area? #f] @
6592 [#:domains-to-browse '()]
6593Return a service that runs @command{avahi-daemon}, a system-wide
6594mDNS/DNS-SD responder that allows for service discovery and
6595"zero-configuration" host name lookups (see @uref{http://avahi.org/}), and
6596extends the name service cache daemon (nscd) so that it can resolve
6597@code{.local} host names using
6598@uref{http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/nss-mdns/, nss-mdns}. Additionally,
6599add the @var{avahi} package to the system profile so that commands such as
6600@command{avahi-browse} are directly usable.
6601
6602If @var{host-name} is different from @code{#f}, use that as the host name to
6603publish for this machine; otherwise, use the machine's actual host name.
6604
6605When @var{publish?} is true, publishing of host names and services is allowed;
6606in particular, avahi-daemon will publish the machine's host name and IP
6607address via mDNS on the local network.
6608
6609When @var{wide-area?} is true, DNS-SD over unicast DNS is enabled.
6610
6611Boolean values @var{ipv4?} and @var{ipv6?} determine whether to use IPv4/IPv6
6612sockets.
6613@end deffn
6614
6615
6616@node X Window
6617@subsubsection X Window
6618
6619Support for the X Window graphical display system---specifically
6620Xorg---is provided by the @code{(gnu services xorg)} module. Note that
6621there is no @code{xorg-service} procedure. Instead, the X server is
6622started by the @dfn{login manager}, currently SLiM.
6623
6624@deffn {Scheme Procedure} slim-service [#:allow-empty-passwords? #f] @
6625 [#:auto-login? #f] [#:default-user ""] [#:startx] @
6626 [#:theme @var{%default-slim-theme}] @
6627 [#:theme-name @var{%default-slim-theme-name}]
6628Return a service that spawns the SLiM graphical login manager, which in
6629turn starts the X display server with @var{startx}, a command as returned by
6630@code{xorg-start-command}.
6631
6632@cindex X session
6633
6634SLiM automatically looks for session types described by the @file{.desktop}
6635files in @file{/run/current-system/profile/share/xsessions} and allows users
6636to choose a session from the log-in screen using @kbd{F1}. Packages such as
6637@var{xfce}, @var{sawfish}, and @var{ratpoison} provide @file{.desktop} files;
6638adding them to the system-wide set of packages automatically makes them
6639available at the log-in screen.
6640
6641In addition, @file{~/.xsession} files are honored. When available,
6642@file{~/.xsession} must be an executable that starts a window manager
6643and/or other X clients.
6644
6645When @var{allow-empty-passwords?} is true, allow logins with an empty
6646password. When @var{auto-login?} is true, log in automatically as
6647@var{default-user}.
6648
6649If @var{theme} is @code{#f}, the use the default log-in theme; otherwise
6650@var{theme} must be a gexp denoting the name of a directory containing the
6651theme to use. In that case, @var{theme-name} specifies the name of the
6652theme.
6653@end deffn
6654
6655@defvr {Scheme Variable} %default-theme
6656@defvrx {Scheme Variable} %default-theme-name
6657The G-Expression denoting the default SLiM theme and its name.
6658@end defvr
6659
6660@deffn {Scheme Procedure} xorg-start-command [#:guile] @
6661 [#:configuration-file #f] [#:xorg-server @var{xorg-server}]
6662Return a derivation that builds a @var{guile} script to start the X server
6663from @var{xorg-server}. @var{configuration-file} is the server configuration
6664file or a derivation that builds it; when omitted, the result of
6665@code{xorg-configuration-file} is used.
6666
6667Usually the X server is started by a login manager.
6668@end deffn
6669
6670@deffn {Scheme Procedure} xorg-configuration-file @
6671 [#:drivers '()] [#:resolutions '()] [#:extra-config '()]
6672Return a configuration file for the Xorg server containing search paths for
6673all the common drivers.
6674
6675@var{drivers} must be either the empty list, in which case Xorg chooses a
6676graphics driver automatically, or a list of driver names that will be tried in
6677this order---e.g., @code{(\"modesetting\" \"vesa\")}.
6678
6679Likewise, when @var{resolutions} is the empty list, Xorg chooses an
6680appropriate screen resolution; otherwise, it must be a list of
6681resolutions---e.g., @code{((1024 768) (640 480))}.
6682
6683Last, @var{extra-config} is a list of strings or objects appended to the
6684@code{text-file*} argument list. It is used to pass extra text to be added
6685verbatim to the configuration file.
6686@end deffn
6687
6688@deffn {Scheme Procedure} screen-locker-service @var{package} [@var{name}]
6689Add @var{package}, a package for a screen-locker or screen-saver whose
6690command is @var{program}, to the set of setuid programs and add a PAM entry
6691for it. For example:
6692
6693@lisp
6694(screen-locker-service xlockmore "xlock")
6695@end lisp
6696
6697makes the good ol' XlockMore usable.
6698@end deffn
6699
6700
6701@node Desktop Services
6702@subsubsection Desktop Services
6703
6704The @code{(gnu services desktop)} module provides services that are
6705usually useful in the context of a ``desktop'' setup---that is, on a
6706machine running a graphical display server, possibly with graphical user
6707interfaces, etc.
6708
6709To simplify things, the module defines a variable containing the set of
6710services that users typically expect on a machine with a graphical
6711environment and networking:
6712
6713@defvr {Scheme Variable} %desktop-services
6714This is a list of services that builds upon @var{%base-services} and
6715adds or adjust services for a typical ``desktop'' setup.
6716
6717In particular, it adds a graphical login manager (@pxref{X Window,
6718@code{slim-service}}), screen lockers,
6719a network management tool (@pxref{Networking
6720Services, @code{wicd-service}}), energy and color management services,
6721the @code{elogind} login and seat manager, the Polkit privilege service,
6722the GeoClue location service, an NTP client (@pxref{Networking
6723Services}), the Avahi daemon, and has the name service switch service
6724configured to be able to use @code{nss-mdns} (@pxref{Name Service
6725Switch, mDNS}).
6726@end defvr
6727
6728The @var{%desktop-services} variable can be used as the @code{services}
6729field of an @code{operating-system} declaration (@pxref{operating-system
6730Reference, @code{services}}).
6731
6732The actual service definitions provided by @code{(gnu services dbus)}
6733and @code{(gnu services desktop)} are described below.
6734
6735@deffn {Scheme Procedure} dbus-service [#:dbus @var{dbus}] [#:services '()]
6736Return a service that runs the ``system bus'', using @var{dbus}, with
6737support for @var{services}.
6738
6739@uref{http://dbus.freedesktop.org/, D-Bus} is an inter-process communication
6740facility. Its system bus is used to allow system services to communicate
6741and be notified of system-wide events.
6742
6743@var{services} must be a list of packages that provide an
6744@file{etc/dbus-1/system.d} directory containing additional D-Bus configuration
6745and policy files. For example, to allow avahi-daemon to use the system bus,
6746@var{services} must be equal to @code{(list avahi)}.
6747@end deffn
6748
6749@deffn {Scheme Procedure} elogind-service [#:config @var{config}]
6750Return a service that runs the @code{elogind} login and
6751seat management daemon. @uref{https://github.com/andywingo/elogind,
6752Elogind} exposes a D-Bus interface that can be used to know which users
6753are logged in, know what kind of sessions they have open, suspend the
6754system, inhibit system suspend, reboot the system, and other tasks.
6755
6756Elogind handles most system-level power events for a computer, for
6757example suspending the system when a lid is closed, or shutting it down
6758when the power button is pressed.
6759
6760The @var{config} keyword argument specifies the configuration for
6761elogind, and should be the result of a @code{(elogind-configuration
6762(@var{parameter} @var{value})...)} invocation. Available parameters and
6763their default values are:
6764
6765@table @code
6766@item kill-user-processes?
6767@code{#f}
6768@item kill-only-users
6769@code{()}
6770@item kill-exclude-users
6771@code{("root")}
6772@item inhibit-delay-max-seconds
6773@code{5}
6774@item handle-power-key
6775@code{poweroff}
6776@item handle-suspend-key
6777@code{suspend}
6778@item handle-hibernate-key
6779@code{hibernate}
6780@item handle-lid-switch
6781@code{suspend}
6782@item handle-lid-switch-docked
6783@code{ignore}
6784@item power-key-ignore-inhibited?
6785@code{#f}
6786@item suspend-key-ignore-inhibited?
6787@code{#f}
6788@item hibernate-key-ignore-inhibited?
6789@code{#f}
6790@item lid-switch-ignore-inhibited?
6791@code{#t}
6792@item holdoff-timeout-seconds
6793@code{30}
6794@item idle-action
6795@code{ignore}
6796@item idle-action-seconds
6797@code{(* 30 60)}
6798@item runtime-directory-size-percent
6799@code{10}
6800@item runtime-directory-size
6801@code{#f}
6802@item remove-ipc?
6803@code{#t}
6804@item suspend-state
6805@code{("mem" "standby" "freeze")}
6806@item suspend-mode
6807@code{()}
6808@item hibernate-state
6809@code{("disk")}
6810@item hibernate-mode
6811@code{("platform" "shutdown")}
6812@item hybrid-sleep-state
6813@code{("disk")}
6814@item hybrid-sleep-mode
6815@code{("suspend" "platform" "shutdown")}
6816@end table
6817@end deffn
6818
6819@deffn {Scheme Procedure} polkit-service @
6820 [#:polkit @var{polkit}]
6821Return a service that runs the
6822@uref{http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/polkit/, Polkit privilege
6823management service}, which allows system administrators to grant access to
6824privileged operations in a structured way. By querying the Polkit service, a
6825privileged system component can know when it should grant additional
6826capabilities to ordinary users. For example, an ordinary user can be granted
6827the capability to suspend the system if the user is logged in locally.
6828@end deffn
6829
6830@deffn {Scheme Procedure} upower-service [#:upower @var{upower}] @
6831 [#:watts-up-pro? #f] @
6832 [#:poll-batteries? #t] @
6833 [#:ignore-lid? #f] @
6834 [#:use-percentage-for-policy? #f] @
6835 [#:percentage-low 10] @
6836 [#:percentage-critical 3] @
6837 [#:percentage-action 2] @
6838 [#:time-low 1200] @
6839 [#:time-critical 300] @
6840 [#:time-action 120] @
6841 [#:critical-power-action 'hybrid-sleep]
6842Return a service that runs @uref{http://upower.freedesktop.org/,
6843@command{upowerd}}, a system-wide monitor for power consumption and battery
6844levels, with the given configuration settings. It implements the
6845@code{org.freedesktop.UPower} D-Bus interface, and is notably used by
6846GNOME.
6847@end deffn
6848
6849@deffn {Scheme Procedure} udisks-service [#:udisks @var{udisks}]
6850Return a service for @uref{http://udisks.freedesktop.org/docs/latest/,
6851UDisks}, a @dfn{disk management} daemon that provides user interfaces with
6852notifications and ways to mount/unmount disks. Programs that talk to UDisks
6853include the @command{udisksctl} command, part of UDisks, and GNOME Disks.
6854@end deffn
6855
6856@deffn {Scheme Procedure} colord-service [#:colord @var{colord}]
6857Return a service that runs @command{colord}, a system service with a D-Bus
6858interface to manage the color profiles of input and output devices such as
6859screens and scanners. It is notably used by the GNOME Color Manager graphical
6860tool. See @uref{http://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/, the colord web
6861site} for more information.
6862@end deffn
6863
6864@deffn {Scheme Procedure} geoclue-application name [#:allowed? #t] [#:system? #f] [#:users '()]
6865Return an configuration allowing an application to access GeoClue
6866location data. @var{name} is the Desktop ID of the application, without
6867the @code{.desktop} part. If @var{allowed?} is true, the application
6868will have access to location information by default. The boolean
6869@var{system?} value indicates that an application is a system component
6870or not. Finally @var{users} is a list of UIDs of all users for which
6871this application is allowed location info access. An empty users list
6872means that all users are allowed.
6873@end deffn
6874
6875@defvr {Scheme Variable} %standard-geoclue-applications
6876The standard list of well-known GeoClue application configurations,
6877granting authority to GNOME's date-and-time utility to ask for the
6878current location in order to set the time zone, and allowing the Firefox
6879(IceCat) and Epiphany web browsers to request location information.
6880Firefox and Epiphany both query the user before allowing a web page to
6881know the user's location.
6882@end defvr
6883
6884@deffn {Scheme Procedure} geoclue-service [#:colord @var{colord}] @
6885 [#:whitelist '()] @
6886 [#:wifi-geolocation-url "https://location.services.mozilla.com/v1/geolocate?key=geoclue"] @
6887 [#:submit-data? #f]
6888 [#:wifi-submission-url "https://location.services.mozilla.com/v1/submit?key=geoclue"] @
6889 [#:submission-nick "geoclue"] @
6890 [#:applications %standard-geoclue-applications]
6891Return a service that runs the GeoClue location service. This service
6892provides a D-Bus interface to allow applications to request access to a
6893user's physical location, and optionally to add information to online
6894location databases. See
6895@uref{https://wiki.freedesktop.org/www/Software/GeoClue/, the GeoClue
6896web site} for more information.
6897@end deffn
6898
6899@node Database Services
6900@subsubsection Database Services
6901
6902The @code{(gnu services databases)} module provides the following service.
6903
6904@deffn {Scheme Procedure} postgresql-service [#:postgresql postgresql] @
6905 [#:config-file] [#:data-directory ``/var/lib/postgresql/data'']
6906Return a service that runs @var{postgresql}, the PostgreSQL database
6907server.
6908
6909The PostgreSQL daemon loads its runtime configuration from
6910@var{config-file} and stores the database cluster in
6911@var{data-directory}.
6912@end deffn
6913
6914@node Web Services
6915@subsubsection Web Services
6916
6917The @code{(gnu services web)} module provides the following service:
6918
6919@deffn {Scheme Procedure} nginx-service [#:nginx nginx] @
6920 [#:log-directory ``/var/log/nginx''] @
6921 [#:run-directory ``/var/run/nginx''] @
6922 [#:config-file]
6923
6924Return a service that runs @var{nginx}, the nginx web server.
6925
6926The nginx daemon loads its runtime configuration from @var{config-file}.
6927Log files are written to @var{log-directory} and temporary runtime data
6928files are written to @var{run-directory}. For proper operation, these
6929arguments should match what is in @var{config-file} to ensure that the
6930directories are created when the service is activated.
6931
6932@end deffn
6933
6934@node Various Services
6935@subsubsection Various Services
6936
6937The @code{(gnu services lirc)} module provides the following service.
6938
6939@deffn {Scheme Procedure} lirc-service [#:lirc lirc] @
6940 [#:device #f] [#:driver #f] [#:config-file #f] @
6941 [#:extra-options '()]
6942Return a service that runs @url{http://www.lirc.org,LIRC}, a daemon that
6943decodes infrared signals from remote controls.
6944
6945Optionally, @var{device}, @var{driver} and @var{config-file}
6946(configuration file name) may be specified. See @command{lircd} manual
6947for details.
6948
6949Finally, @var{extra-options} is a list of additional command-line options
6950passed to @command{lircd}.
6951@end deffn
6952
6953
6954@node Setuid Programs
6955@subsection Setuid Programs
6956
6957@cindex setuid programs
6958Some programs need to run with ``root'' privileges, even when they are
6959launched by unprivileged users. A notorious example is the
6960@command{passwd} program, which users can run to change their
6961password, and which needs to access the @file{/etc/passwd} and
6962@file{/etc/shadow} files---something normally restricted to root, for
6963obvious security reasons. To address that, these executables are
6964@dfn{setuid-root}, meaning that they always run with root privileges
6965(@pxref{How Change Persona,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual},
6966for more info about the setuid mechanisms.)
6967
6968The store itself @emph{cannot} contain setuid programs: that would be a
6969security issue since any user on the system can write derivations that
6970populate the store (@pxref{The Store}). Thus, a different mechanism is
6971used: instead of changing the setuid bit directly on files that are in
6972the store, we let the system administrator @emph{declare} which programs
6973should be setuid root.
6974
6975The @code{setuid-programs} field of an @code{operating-system}
6976declaration contains a list of G-expressions denoting the names of
6977programs to be setuid-root (@pxref{Using the Configuration System}).
6978For instance, the @command{passwd} program, which is part of the Shadow
6979package, can be designated by this G-expression (@pxref{G-Expressions}):
6980
6981@example
6982#~(string-append #$shadow "/bin/passwd")
6983@end example
6984
6985A default set of setuid programs is defined by the
6986@code{%setuid-programs} variable of the @code{(gnu system)} module.
6987
6988@defvr {Scheme Variable} %setuid-programs
6989A list of G-expressions denoting common programs that are setuid-root.
6990
6991The list includes commands such as @command{passwd}, @command{ping},
6992@command{su}, and @command{sudo}.
6993@end defvr
6994
6995Under the hood, the actual setuid programs are created in the
6996@file{/run/setuid-programs} directory at system activation time. The
6997files in this directory refer to the ``real'' binaries, which are in the
6998store.
6999
7000@node X.509 Certificates
7001@subsection X.509 Certificates
7002
7003@cindex HTTPS, certificates
7004@cindex X.509 certificates
7005@cindex TLS
7006Web servers available over HTTPS (that is, HTTP over the transport-layer
7007security mechanism, TLS) send client programs an @dfn{X.509 certificate}
7008that the client can then use to @emph{authenticate} the server. To do
7009that, clients verify that the server's certificate is signed by a
7010so-called @dfn{certificate authority} (CA). But to verify the CA's
7011signature, clients must have first acquired the CA's certificate.
7012
7013Web browsers such as GNU@tie{}IceCat include their own set of CA
7014certificates, such that they are able to verify CA signatures
7015out-of-the-box.
7016
7017However, most other programs that can talk HTTPS---@command{wget},
7018@command{git}, @command{w3m}, etc.---need to be told where CA
7019certificates can be found.
7020
7021@cindex @code{nss-certs}
7022In GuixSD, this is done by adding a package that provides certificates
7023to the @code{packages} field of the @code{operating-system} declaration
7024(@pxref{operating-system Reference}). GuixSD includes one such package,
7025@code{nss-certs}, which is a set of CA certificates provided as part of
7026Mozilla's Network Security Services.
7027
7028Note that it is @emph{not} part of @var{%base-packages}, so you need to
7029explicitly add it. The @file{/etc/ssl/certs} directory, which is where
7030most applications and libraries look for certificates by default, points
7031to the certificates installed globally.
7032
7033Unprivileged users can also install their own certificate package in
7034their profile. A number of environment variables need to be defined so
7035that applications and libraries know where to find them. Namely, the
7036OpenSSL library honors the @code{SSL_CERT_DIR} and @code{SSL_CERT_FILE}
7037variables. Some applications add their own environment variables; for
7038instance, the Git version control system honors the certificate bundle
7039pointed to by the @code{GIT_SSL_CAINFO} environment variable.
7040
7041
7042@node Name Service Switch
7043@subsection Name Service Switch
7044
7045@cindex name service switch
7046@cindex NSS
7047The @code{(gnu system nss)} module provides bindings to the
7048configuration file of libc's @dfn{name service switch} or @dfn{NSS}
7049(@pxref{NSS Configuration File,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference
7050Manual}). In a nutshell, the NSS is a mechanism that allows libc to be
7051extended with new ``name'' lookup methods for system databases, which
7052includes host names, service names, user accounts, and more (@pxref{Name
7053Service Switch, System Databases and Name Service Switch,, libc, The GNU
7054C Library Reference Manual}).
7055
7056The NSS configuration specifies, for each system database, which lookup
7057method is to be used, and how the various methods are chained
7058together---for instance, under which circumstances NSS should try the
7059next method in the list. The NSS configuration is given in the
7060@code{name-service-switch} field of @code{operating-system} declarations
7061(@pxref{operating-system Reference, @code{name-service-switch}}).
7062
7063@cindex nss-mdns
7064@cindex .local, host name lookup
7065As an example, the declaration below configures the NSS to use the
7066@uref{http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/nss-mdns/, @code{nss-mdns}
7067back-end}, which supports host name lookups over multicast DNS (mDNS)
7068for host names ending in @code{.local}:
7069
7070@example
7071(name-service-switch
7072 (hosts (list %files ;first, check /etc/hosts
7073
7074 ;; If the above did not succeed, try
7075 ;; with 'mdns_minimal'.
7076 (name-service
7077 (name "mdns_minimal")
7078
7079 ;; 'mdns_minimal' is authoritative for
7080 ;; '.local'. When it returns "not found",
7081 ;; no need to try the next methods.
7082 (reaction (lookup-specification
7083 (not-found => return))))
7084
7085 ;; Then fall back to DNS.
7086 (name-service
7087 (name "dns"))
7088
7089 ;; Finally, try with the "full" 'mdns'.
7090 (name-service
7091 (name "mdns")))))
7092@end example
7093
7094Don't worry: the @code{%mdns-host-lookup-nss} variable (see below)
7095contains this configuration, so you won't have to type it if all you
7096want is to have @code{.local} host lookup working.
7097
7098Note that, in this case, in addition to setting the
7099@code{name-service-switch} of the @code{operating-system} declaration,
7100you also need to use @code{avahi-service} (@pxref{Networking Services,
7101@code{avahi-service}}), or @var{%desktop-services}, which includes it
7102(@pxref{Desktop Services}). Doing this makes @code{nss-mdns} accessible
7103to the name service cache daemon (@pxref{Base Services,
7104@code{nscd-service}}).
7105
7106For convenience, the following variables provide typical NSS
7107configurations.
7108
7109@defvr {Scheme Variable} %default-nss
7110This is the default name service switch configuration, a
7111@code{name-service-switch} object.
7112@end defvr
7113
7114@defvr {Scheme Variable} %mdns-host-lookup-nss
7115This is the name service switch configuration with support for host name
7116lookup over multicast DNS (mDNS) for host names ending in @code{.local}.
7117@end defvr
7118
7119The reference for name service switch configuration is given below. It
7120is a direct mapping of the C library's configuration file format, so
7121please refer to the C library manual for more information (@pxref{NSS
7122Configuration File,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
7123Compared to libc's NSS configuration file format, it has the advantage
7124not only of adding this warm parenthetic feel that we like, but also
7125static checks: you'll know about syntax errors and typos as soon as you
7126run @command{guix system}.
7127
7128@deftp {Data Type} name-service-switch
7129
7130This is the data type representation the configuration of libc's name
7131service switch (NSS). Each field below represents one of the supported
7132system databases.
7133
7134@table @code
7135@item aliases
7136@itemx ethers
7137@itemx group
7138@itemx gshadow
7139@itemx hosts
7140@itemx initgroups
7141@itemx netgroup
7142@itemx networks
7143@itemx password
7144@itemx public-key
7145@itemx rpc
7146@itemx services
7147@itemx shadow
7148The system databases handled by the NSS. Each of these fields must be a
7149list of @code{<name-service>} objects (see below.)
7150@end table
7151@end deftp
7152
7153@deftp {Data Type} name-service
7154
7155This is the data type representing an actual name service and the
7156associated lookup action.
7157
7158@table @code
7159@item name
7160A string denoting the name service (@pxref{Services in the NSS
7161configuration,,, libc, The GNU C Library Reference Manual}).
7162
7163Note that name services listed here must be visible to nscd. This is
7164achieved by passing the @code{#:name-services} argument to
7165@code{nscd-service} the list of packages providing the needed name
7166services (@pxref{Base Services, @code{nscd-service}}).
7167
7168@item reaction
7169An action specified using the @code{lookup-specification} macro
7170(@pxref{Actions in the NSS configuration,,, libc, The GNU C Library
7171Reference Manual}). For example:
7172
7173@example
7174(lookup-specification (unavailable => continue)
7175 (success => return))
7176@end example
7177@end table
7178@end deftp
7179
7180@node Initial RAM Disk
7181@subsection Initial RAM Disk
7182
7183@cindex initial RAM disk (initrd)
7184@cindex initrd (initial RAM disk)
7185For bootstrapping purposes, the Linux-Libre kernel is passed an
7186@dfn{initial RAM disk}, or @dfn{initrd}. An initrd contains a temporary
7187root file system, as well as an initialization script. The latter is
7188responsible for mounting the real root file system, and for loading any
7189kernel modules that may be needed to achieve that.
7190
7191The @code{initrd} field of an @code{operating-system} declaration allows
7192you to specify which initrd you would like to use. The @code{(gnu
7193system linux-initrd)} module provides two ways to build an initrd: the
7194high-level @code{base-initrd} procedure, and the low-level
7195@code{expression->initrd} procedure.
7196
7197The @code{base-initrd} procedure is intended to cover most common uses.
7198For example, if you want to add a bunch of kernel modules to be loaded
7199at boot time, you can define the @code{initrd} field of the operating
7200system declaration like this:
7201
7202@example
7203(initrd (lambda (file-systems . rest)
7204 ;; Create a standard initrd that has modules "foo.ko"
7205 ;; and "bar.ko", as well as their dependencies, in
7206 ;; addition to the modules available by default.
7207 (apply base-initrd file-systems
7208 #:extra-modules '("foo" "bar")
7209 rest)))
7210@end example
7211
7212The @code{base-initrd} procedure also handles common use cases that
7213involves using the system as a QEMU guest, or as a ``live'' system whose
7214root file system is volatile.
7215
7216@deffn {Monadic Procedure} base-initrd @var{file-systems} @
7217 [#:qemu-networking? #f] [#:virtio? #f] [#:volatile-root? #f] @
7218 [#:extra-modules '()] [#:mapped-devices '()]
7219Return a monadic derivation that builds a generic initrd. @var{file-systems} is
7220a list of file-systems to be mounted by the initrd, possibly in addition to
7221the root file system specified on the kernel command line via @code{--root}.
7222@var{mapped-devices} is a list of device mappings to realize before
7223@var{file-systems} are mounted (@pxref{Mapped Devices}).
7224
7225When @var{qemu-networking?} is true, set up networking with the standard QEMU
7226parameters. When @var{virtio?} is true, load additional modules so the initrd can
7227be used as a QEMU guest with para-virtualized I/O drivers.
7228
7229When @var{volatile-root?} is true, the root file system is writable but any changes
7230to it are lost.
7231
7232The initrd is automatically populated with all the kernel modules necessary
7233for @var{file-systems} and for the given options. However, additional kernel
7234modules can be listed in @var{extra-modules}. They will be added to the initrd, and
7235loaded at boot time in the order in which they appear.
7236@end deffn
7237
7238Needless to say, the initrds we produce and use embed a
7239statically-linked Guile, and the initialization program is a Guile
7240program. That gives a lot of flexibility. The
7241@code{expression->initrd} procedure builds such an initrd, given the
7242program to run in that initrd.
7243
7244@deffn {Monadic Procedure} expression->initrd @var{exp} @
7245 [#:guile %guile-static-stripped] [#:name "guile-initrd"] @
7246 [#:modules '()]
7247Return a derivation that builds a Linux initrd (a gzipped cpio archive)
7248containing @var{guile} and that evaluates @var{exp}, a G-expression,
7249upon booting. All the derivations referenced by @var{exp} are
7250automatically copied to the initrd.
7251
7252@var{modules} is a list of Guile module names to be embedded in the
7253initrd.
7254@end deffn
7255
7256@node GRUB Configuration
7257@subsection GRUB Configuration
7258
7259@cindex GRUB
7260@cindex boot loader
7261
7262The operating system uses GNU@tie{}GRUB as its boot loader
7263(@pxref{Overview, overview of GRUB,, grub, GNU GRUB Manual}). It is
7264configured using @code{grub-configuration} declarations. This data type
7265is exported by the @code{(gnu system grub)} module, and described below.
7266
7267@deftp {Data Type} grub-configuration
7268The type of a GRUB configuration declaration.
7269
7270@table @asis
7271
7272@item @code{device}
7273This is a string denoting the boot device. It must be a device name
7274understood by the @command{grub-install} command, such as
7275@code{/dev/sda} or @code{(hd0)} (@pxref{Invoking grub-install,,, grub,
7276GNU GRUB Manual}).
7277
7278@item @code{menu-entries} (default: @code{()})
7279A possibly empty list of @code{menu-entry} objects (see below), denoting
7280entries to appear in the GRUB boot menu, in addition to the current
7281system entry and the entry pointing to previous system generations.
7282
7283@item @code{default-entry} (default: @code{0})
7284The index of the default boot menu entry. Index 0 is for the current
7285system's entry.
7286
7287@item @code{timeout} (default: @code{5})
7288The number of seconds to wait for keyboard input before booting. Set to
72890 to boot immediately, and to -1 to wait indefinitely.
7290
7291@item @code{theme} (default: @var{%default-theme})
7292The @code{grub-theme} object describing the theme to use.
7293@end table
7294
7295@end deftp
7296
7297Should you want to list additional boot menu entries @i{via} the
7298@code{menu-entries} field above, you will need to create them with the
7299@code{menu-entry} form:
7300
7301@deftp {Data Type} menu-entry
7302The type of an entry in the GRUB boot menu.
7303
7304@table @asis
7305
7306@item @code{label}
7307The label to show in the menu---e.g., @code{"GNU"}.
7308
7309@item @code{linux}
7310The Linux kernel to boot.
7311
7312@item @code{linux-arguments} (default: @code{()})
7313The list of extra Linux kernel command-line arguments---e.g.,
7314@code{("console=ttyS0")}.
7315
7316@item @code{initrd}
7317A G-Expression or string denoting the file name of the initial RAM disk
7318to use (@pxref{G-Expressions}).
7319
7320@end table
7321@end deftp
7322
7323@c FIXME: Write documentation once it's stable.
7324Themes are created using the @code{grub-theme} form, which is not
7325documented yet.
7326
7327@defvr {Scheme Variable} %default-theme
7328This is the default GRUB theme used by the operating system, with a
7329fancy background image displaying the GNU and Guix logos.
7330@end defvr
7331
7332
7333@node Invoking guix system
7334@subsection Invoking @code{guix system}
7335
7336Once you have written an operating system declaration, as seen in the
7337previous section, it can be @dfn{instantiated} using the @command{guix
7338system} command. The synopsis is:
7339
7340@example
7341guix system @var{options}@dots{} @var{action} @var{file}
7342@end example
7343
7344@var{file} must be the name of a file containing an
7345@code{operating-system} declaration. @var{action} specifies how the
7346operating system is instantiate. Currently the following values are
7347supported:
7348
7349@table @code
7350@item reconfigure
7351Build the operating system described in @var{file}, activate it, and
7352switch to it@footnote{This action is usable only on systems already
7353running GuixSD.}.
7354
7355This effects all the configuration specified in @var{file}: user
7356accounts, system services, global package list, setuid programs, etc.
7357
7358It also adds a GRUB menu entry for the new OS configuration, and moves
7359entries for older configurations to a submenu---unless
7360@option{--no-grub} is passed.
7361
7362@c The paragraph below refers to the problem discussed at
7363@c <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/guix-devel/2014-08/msg00057.html>.
7364It is highly recommended to run @command{guix pull} once before you run
7365@command{guix system reconfigure} for the first time (@pxref{Invoking
7366guix pull}). Failing to do that you would see an older version of Guix
7367once @command{reconfigure} has completed.
7368
7369@item build
7370Build the operating system's derivation, which includes all the
7371configuration files and programs needed to boot and run the system.
7372This action does not actually install anything.
7373
7374@item init
7375Populate the given directory with all the files necessary to run the
7376operating system specified in @var{file}. This is useful for first-time
7377installations of GuixSD. For instance:
7378
7379@example
7380guix system init my-os-config.scm /mnt
7381@end example
7382
7383copies to @file{/mnt} all the store items required by the configuration
7384specified in @file{my-os-config.scm}. This includes configuration
7385files, packages, and so on. It also creates other essential files
7386needed for the system to operate correctly---e.g., the @file{/etc},
7387@file{/var}, and @file{/run} directories, and the @file{/bin/sh} file.
7388
7389This command also installs GRUB on the device specified in
7390@file{my-os-config}, unless the @option{--no-grub} option was passed.
7391
7392@item vm
7393@cindex virtual machine
7394@cindex VM
7395@anchor{guix system vm}
7396Build a virtual machine that contain the operating system declared in
7397@var{file}, and return a script to run that virtual machine (VM).
7398Arguments given to the script are passed as is to QEMU.
7399
7400The VM shares its store with the host system.
7401
7402Additional file systems can be shared between the host and the VM using
7403the @code{--share} and @code{--expose} command-line options: the former
7404specifies a directory to be shared with write access, while the latter
7405provides read-only access to the shared directory.
7406
7407The example below creates a VM in which the user's home directory is
7408accessible read-only, and where the @file{/exchange} directory is a
7409read-write mapping of the host's @file{$HOME/tmp}:
7410
7411@example
7412guix system vm my-config.scm \
7413 --expose=$HOME --share=$HOME/tmp=/exchange
7414@end example
7415
7416On GNU/Linux, the default is to boot directly to the kernel; this has
7417the advantage of requiring only a very tiny root disk image since the
7418host's store can then be mounted.
7419
7420The @code{--full-boot} option forces a complete boot sequence, starting
7421with the bootloader. This requires more disk space since a root image
7422containing at least the kernel, initrd, and bootloader data files must
7423be created. The @code{--image-size} option can be used to specify the
7424image's size.
7425
7426@item vm-image
7427@itemx disk-image
7428Return a virtual machine or disk image of the operating system declared
7429in @var{file} that stands alone. Use the @option{--image-size} option
7430to specify the size of the image.
7431
7432When using @code{vm-image}, the returned image is in qcow2 format, which
7433the QEMU emulator can efficiently use.
7434
7435When using @code{disk-image}, a raw disk image is produced; it can be
7436copied as is to a USB stick, for instance. Assuming @code{/dev/sdc} is
7437the device corresponding to a USB stick, one can copy the image on it
7438using the following command:
7439
7440@example
7441# dd if=$(guix system disk-image my-os.scm) of=/dev/sdc
7442@end example
7443
7444@item container
7445Return a script to run the operating system declared in @var{file}
7446within a container. Containers are a set of lightweight isolation
7447mechanisms provided by the kernel Linux-libre. Containers are
7448substantially less resource-demanding than full virtual machines since
7449the kernel, shared objects, and other resources can be shared with the
7450host system; this also means they provide thinner isolation.
7451
7452Currently, the script must be run as root in order to support more than
7453a single user and group. The container shares its store with the host
7454system.
7455
7456As with the @code{vm} action (@pxref{guix system vm}), additional file
7457systems to be shared between the host and container can be specified
7458using the @option{--share} and @option{--expose} options:
7459
7460@example
7461guix system container my-config.scm \
7462 --expose=$HOME --share=$HOME/tmp=/exchange
7463@end example
7464
7465@quotation Note
7466This option requires Linux-libre 3.19 or newer.
7467@end quotation
7468
7469@end table
7470
7471@var{options} can contain any of the common build options provided by
7472@command{guix build} (@pxref{Invoking guix build}). In addition,
7473@var{options} can contain one of the following:
7474
7475@table @option
7476@item --system=@var{system}
7477@itemx -s @var{system}
7478Attempt to build for @var{system} instead of the host's system type.
7479This works as per @command{guix build} (@pxref{Invoking guix build}).
7480
7481@item --derivation
7482@itemx -d
7483Return the derivation file name of the given operating system without
7484building anything.
7485
7486@item --image-size=@var{size}
7487For the @code{vm-image} and @code{disk-image} actions, create an image
7488of the given @var{size}. @var{size} may be a number of bytes, or it may
7489include a unit as a suffix (@pxref{Block size, size specifications,,
7490coreutils, GNU Coreutils}).
7491
7492@item --on-error=@var{strategy}
7493Apply @var{strategy} when an error occurs when reading @var{file}.
7494@var{strategy} may be one of the following:
7495
7496@table @code
7497@item nothing-special
7498Report the error concisely and exit. This is the default strategy.
7499
7500@item backtrace
7501Likewise, but also display a backtrace.
7502
7503@item debug
7504Report the error and enter Guile's debugger. From there, you can run
7505commands such as @code{,bt} to get a backtrace, @code{,locals} to
7506display local variable values, and more generally inspect the program's
7507state. @xref{Debug Commands,,, guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}, for
7508a list of available debugging commands.
7509@end table
7510@end table
7511
7512Note that all the actions above, except @code{build} and @code{init},
7513rely on KVM support in the Linux-Libre kernel. Specifically, the
7514machine should have hardware virtualization support, the corresponding
7515KVM kernel module should be loaded, and the @file{/dev/kvm} device node
7516must exist and be readable and writable by the user and by the daemon's
7517build users.
7518
7519Once you have built, configured, re-configured, and re-re-configured
7520your GuixSD installation, you may find it useful to list the operating
7521system generations available on disk---and that you can choose from the
7522GRUB boot menu:
7523
7524@table @code
7525
7526@item list-generations
7527List a summary of each generation of the operating system available on
7528disk, in a human-readable way. This is similar to the
7529@option{--list-generations} option of @command{guix package}
7530(@pxref{Invoking guix package}).
7531
7532Optionally, one can specify a pattern, with the same syntax that is used
7533in @command{guix package --list-generations}, to restrict the list of
7534generations displayed. For instance, the following command displays
7535generations up to 10-day old:
7536
7537@example
7538$ guix system list-generations 10d
7539@end example
7540
7541@end table
7542
7543The @command{guix system} command has even more to offer! The following
7544sub-commands allow you to visualize how your system services relate to
7545each other:
7546
7547@anchor{system-extension-graph}
7548@table @code
7549
7550@item extension-graph
7551Emit in Dot/Graphviz format to standard output the @dfn{service
7552extension graph} of the operating system defined in @var{file}
7553(@pxref{Service Composition}, for more information on service
7554extensions.)
7555
7556The command:
7557
7558@example
7559$ guix system extension-graph @var{file} | dot -Tpdf > services.pdf
7560@end example
7561
7562produces a PDF file showing the extension relations among services.
7563
7564@anchor{system-dmd-graph}
7565@item dmd-graph
7566Emit in Dot/Graphviz format to standard output the @dfn{dependency
7567graph} of dmd services of the operating system defined in @var{file}.
7568@xref{dmd Services}, for more information and for an example graph.
7569
7570@end table
7571
7572
7573@node Defining Services
7574@subsection Defining Services
7575
7576The previous sections show the available services and how one can combine
7577them in an @code{operating-system} declaration. But how do we define
7578them in the first place? And what is a service anyway?
7579
7580@menu
7581* Service Composition:: The model for composing services.
7582* Service Types and Services:: Types and services.
7583* Service Reference:: API reference.
7584* dmd Services:: A particular type of service.
7585@end menu
7586
7587@node Service Composition
7588@subsubsection Service Composition
7589
7590@cindex services
7591@cindex daemons
7592Here we define a @dfn{service} as, broadly, something that extends the
7593operating system's functionality. Often a service is a process---a
7594@dfn{daemon}---started when the system boots: a secure shell server, a
7595Web server, the Guix build daemon, etc. Sometimes a service is a daemon
7596whose execution can be triggered by another daemon---e.g., an FTP server
7597started by @command{inetd} or a D-Bus service activated by
7598@command{dbus-daemon}. Occasionally, a service does not map to a
7599daemon. For instance, the ``account'' service collects user accounts
7600and makes sure they exist when the system runs; the ``udev'' service
7601collects device management rules and makes them available to the eudev
7602daemon; the @file{/etc} service populates the system's @file{/etc}
7603directory.
7604
7605@cindex service extensions
7606GuixSD services are connected by @dfn{extensions}. For instance, the
7607secure shell service @emph{extends} dmd---GuixSD's initialization system,
7608running as PID@tie{}1---by giving it the command lines to start and stop
7609the secure shell daemon (@pxref{Networking Services,
7610@code{lsh-service}}); the UPower service extends the D-Bus service by
7611passing it its @file{.service} specification, and extends the udev
7612service by passing it device management rules (@pxref{Desktop Services,
7613@code{upower-service}}); the Guix daemon service extends dmd by passing
7614it the command lines to start and stop the daemon, and extends the
7615account service by passing it a list of required build user accounts
7616(@pxref{Base Services}).
7617
7618All in all, services and their ``extends'' relations form a directed
7619acyclic graph (DAG). If we represent services as boxes and extensions
7620as arrows, a typical system might provide something like this:
7621
7622@image{images/service-graph,,5in,Typical service extension graph.}
7623
7624@cindex system service
7625At the bottom, we see the @dfn{system service}, which produces the
7626directory containing everything to run and boot the system, as returned
7627by the @command{guix system build} command. @xref{Service Reference},
7628to learn about the other service types shown here.
7629@xref{system-extension-graph, the @command{guix system extension-graph}
7630command}, for information on how to generate this representation for a
7631particular operating system definition.
7632
7633@cindex service types
7634Technically, developers can define @dfn{service types} to express these
7635relations. There can be any number of services of a given type on the
7636system---for instance, a system running two instances of the GNU secure
7637shell server (lsh) has two instances of @var{lsh-service-type}, with
7638different parameters.
7639
7640The following section describes the programming interface for service
7641types and services.
7642
7643@node Service Types and Services
7644@subsubsection Service Types and Services
7645
7646A @dfn{service type} is a node in the DAG described above. Let us start
7647with a simple example, the service type for the Guix build daemon
7648(@pxref{Invoking guix-daemon}):
7649
7650@example
7651(define guix-service-type
7652 (service-type
7653 (name 'guix)
7654 (extensions
7655 (list (service-extension dmd-root-service-type guix-dmd-service)
7656 (service-extension account-service-type guix-accounts)
7657 (service-extension activation-service-type guix-activation)))))
7658@end example
7659
7660@noindent
7661It defines a two things:
7662
7663@enumerate
7664@item
7665A name, whose sole purpose is to make inspection and debugging easier.
7666
7667@item
7668A list of @dfn{service extensions}, where each extension designates the
7669target service type and a procedure that, given the service's
7670parameters, returns a list of object to extend the service of that type.
7671
7672Every service type has at least one service extension. The only
7673exception is the @dfn{boot service type}, which is the ultimate service.
7674@end enumerate
7675
7676In this example, @var{guix-service-type} extends three services:
7677
7678@table @var
7679@item dmd-root-service-type
7680The @var{guix-dmd-service} procedure defines how the dmd service is
7681extended. Namely, it returns a @code{<dmd-service>} object that defines
7682how @command{guix-daemon} is started and stopped (@pxref{dmd Services}).
7683
7684@item account-service-type
7685This extension for this service is computed by @var{guix-accounts},
7686which returns a list of @code{user-group} and @code{user-account}
7687objects representing the build user accounts (@pxref{Invoking
7688guix-daemon}).
7689
7690@item activation-service-type
7691Here @var{guix-activation} is a procedure that returns a gexp, which is
7692a code snippet to run at ``activation time''---e.g., when the service is
7693booted.
7694@end table
7695
7696A service of this type is instantiated like this:
7697
7698@example
7699(service guix-service-type
7700 (guix-configuration
7701 (build-accounts 5)
7702 (use-substitutes? #f)))
7703@end example
7704
7705The second argument to the @code{service} form is a value representing
7706the parameters of this specific service instance.
7707@xref{guix-configuration-type, @code{guix-configuration}}, for
7708information about the @code{guix-configuration} data type.
7709
7710@var{guix-service-type} is quite simple because it extends other
7711services but is not extensible itself.
7712
7713@c @subsubsubsection Extensible Service Types
7714
7715The service type for an @emph{extensible} service looks like this:
7716
7717@example
7718(define udev-service-type
7719 (service-type (name 'udev)
7720 (extensions
7721 (list (service-extension dmd-root-service-type
7722 udev-dmd-service)))
7723
7724 (compose concatenate) ;concatenate the list of rules
7725 (extend (lambda (config rules)
7726 (match config
7727 (($ <udev-configuration> udev initial-rules)
7728 (udev-configuration
7729 (udev udev) ;the udev package to use
7730 (rules (append initial-rules rules)))))))))
7731@end example
7732
7733This is the service type for the
7734@uref{https://wiki.gentoo.org/wiki/Project:Eudev, eudev device
7735management daemon}. Compared to the previous example, in addition to an
7736extension of @var{dmd-root-service-type}, we see two new fields:
7737
7738@table @code
7739@item compose
7740This is the procedure to @dfn{compose} the list of extensions to
7741services of this type.
7742
7743Services can extend the udev service by passing it lists of rules; we
7744compose those extensions simply by concatenating them.
7745
7746@item extend
7747This procedure defines how the service's value is @dfn{extended} with
7748the composition of the extensions.
7749
7750Udev extensions are composed into a list of rules, but the udev service
7751value is itself a @code{<udev-configuration>} record. So here, we
7752extend that record by appending the list of rules is contains to the
7753list of contributed rules.
7754@end table
7755
7756There can be only one instance of an extensible service type such as
7757@var{udev-service-type}. If there were more, the
7758@code{service-extension} specifications would be ambiguous.
7759
7760Still here? The next section provides a reference of the programming
7761interface for services.
7762
7763@node Service Reference
7764@subsubsection Service Reference
7765
7766We have seen an overview of service types (@pxref{Service Types and
7767Services}). This section provides a reference on how to manipulate
7768services and service types. This interface is provided by the
7769@code{(gnu services)} module.
7770
7771@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service @var{type} @var{value}
7772Return a new service of @var{type}, a @code{<service-type>} object (see
7773below.) @var{value} can be any object; it represents the parameters of
7774this particular service instance.
7775@end deffn
7776
7777@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service? @var{obj}
7778Return true if @var{obj} is a service.
7779@end deffn
7780
7781@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service-kind @var{service}
7782Return the type of @var{service}---i.e., a @code{<service-type>} object.
7783@end deffn
7784
7785@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service-parameters @var{service}
7786Return the value associated with @var{service}. It represents its
7787parameters.
7788@end deffn
7789
7790Here is an example of how a service is created and manipulated:
7791
7792@example
7793(define s
7794 (service nginx-service-type
7795 (nginx-configuration
7796 (nginx nginx)
7797 (log-directory log-directory)
7798 (run-directory run-directory)
7799 (file config-file))))
7800
7801(service? s)
7802@result{} #t
7803
7804(eq? (service-kind s) nginx-service-type)
7805@result{} #t
7806@end example
7807
7808The @code{modify-services} form provides a handy way to change the
7809parameters of some of the services of a list such as
7810@var{%base-services} (@pxref{Base Services, @code{%base-services}}). Of
7811course, you could always use standard list combinators such as
7812@code{map} and @code{fold} to do that (@pxref{SRFI-1, List Library,,
7813guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}); @code{modify-services} simply
7814provides a more concise form for this common pattern.
7815
7816@deffn {Scheme Syntax} modify-services @var{services} @
7817 (@var{type} @var{variable} => @var{body}) @dots{}
7818
7819Modify the services listed in @var{services} according to the given
7820clauses. Each clause has the form:
7821
7822@example
7823(@var{type} @var{variable} => @var{body})
7824@end example
7825
7826where @var{type} is a service type, such as @var{guix-service-type}, and
7827@var{variable} is an identifier that is bound within @var{body} to the
7828value of the service of that @var{type}. @xref{Using the Configuration
7829System}, for an example.
7830
7831This is a shorthand for:
7832
7833@example
7834(map (lambda (service) @dots{}) @var{services})
7835@end example
7836@end deffn
7837
7838Next comes the programming interface for service types. This is
7839something you want to know when writing new service definitions, but not
7840necessarily when simply looking for ways to customize your
7841@code{operating-system} declaration.
7842
7843@deftp {Data Type} service-type
7844@cindex service type
7845This is the representation of a @dfn{service type} (@pxref{Service Types
7846and Services}).
7847
7848@table @asis
7849@item @code{name}
7850This is a symbol, used only to simplify inspection and debugging.
7851
7852@item @code{extensions}
7853A non-empty list of @code{<service-extension>} objects (see below.)
7854
7855@item @code{compose} (default: @code{#f})
7856If this is @code{#f}, then the service type denotes services that cannot
7857be extended---i.e., services that do not receive ``values'' from other
7858services.
7859
7860Otherwise, it must be a one-argument procedure. The procedure is called
7861by @code{fold-services} and is passed a list of values collected from
7862extensions. It must return a value that is a valid parameter value for
7863the service instance.
7864
7865@item @code{extend} (default: @code{#f})
7866If this is @code{#f}, services of this type cannot be extended.
7867
7868Otherwise, it must be a two-argument procedure: @code{fold-services}
7869calls it, passing it the service's initial value as the first argument
7870and the result of applying @code{compose} to the extension values as the
7871second argument.
7872@end table
7873
7874@xref{Service Types and Services}, for examples.
7875@end deftp
7876
7877@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service-extension @var{target-type} @
7878 @var{compute}
7879Return a new extension for services of type @var{target-type}.
7880@var{compute} must be a one-argument procedure: @code{fold-services}
7881calls it, passing it the value associated with the service that provides
7882the extension; it must return a valid value for the target service.
7883@end deffn
7884
7885@deffn {Scheme Procedure} service-extension? @var{obj}
7886Return true if @var{obj} is a service extension.
7887@end deffn
7888
7889At the core of the service abstraction lies the @code{fold-services}
7890procedure, which is responsible for ``compiling'' a list of services
7891down to a single directory that contains everything needed to boot and
7892run the system---the directory shown by the @command{guix system build}
7893command (@pxref{Invoking guix system}). In essence, it propagates
7894service extensions down the service graph, updating each node parameters
7895on the way, until it reaches the root node.
7896
7897@deffn {Scheme Procedure} fold-services @var{services} @
7898 [#:target-type @var{system-service-type}]
7899Fold @var{services} by propagating their extensions down to the root of
7900type @var{target-type}; return the root service adjusted accordingly.
7901@end deffn
7902
7903Lastly, the @code{(gnu services)} module also defines several essential
7904service types, some of which are listed below.
7905
7906@defvr {Scheme Variable} system-service-type
7907This is the root of the service graph. It produces the system directory
7908as returned by the @command{guix system build} command.
7909@end defvr
7910
7911@defvr {Scheme Variable} boot-service-type
7912The type of the ``boot service'', which produces the @dfn{boot script}.
7913The boot script is what the initial RAM disk runs when booting.
7914@end defvr
7915
7916@defvr {Scheme Variable} etc-service-type
7917The type of the @file{/etc} service. This service can be extended by
7918passing it name/file tuples such as:
7919
7920@example
7921(list `("issue" ,(plain-file "issue" "Welcome!\n")))
7922@end example
7923
7924In this example, the effect would be to add an @file{/etc/issue} file
7925pointing to the given file.
7926@end defvr
7927
7928@defvr {Scheme Variable} setuid-program-service-type
7929Type for the ``setuid-program service''. This service collects lists of
7930executable file names, passed as gexps, and adds them to the set of
7931setuid-root programs on the system (@pxref{Setuid Programs}).
7932@end defvr
7933
7934@defvr {Scheme Variable} profile-service-type
7935Type of the service that populates the @dfn{system profile}---i.e., the
7936programs under @file{/run/current-system/profile}. Other services can
7937extend it by passing it lists of packages to add to the system profile.
7938@end defvr
7939
7940
7941@node dmd Services
7942@subsubsection dmd Services
7943
7944@cindex PID 1
7945@cindex init system
7946The @code{(gnu services dmd)} provides a way to define services managed
7947by GNU@tie{}dmd, which is GuixSD initialization system---the first
7948process that is started when the system boots, aka. PID@tie{}1
7949(@pxref{Introduction,,, dmd, GNU dmd Manual}).
7950
7951Services in dmd can depend on each other. For instance, the SSH daemon
7952may need to be started after the syslog daemon has been started, which
7953in turn can only happen once all the file systems have been mounted.
7954The simple operating system defined earlier (@pxref{Using the
7955Configuration System}) results in a service graph like this:
7956
7957@image{images/dmd-graph,,5in,Typical dmd service graph.}
7958
7959You can actually generate such a graph for any operating system
7960definition using the @command{guix system dmd-graph} command
7961(@pxref{system-dmd-graph, @command{guix system dmd-graph}}).
7962
7963The @var{%dmd-root-service} is a service object representing PID@tie{}1,
7964of type @var{dmd-root-service-type}; it can be extended by passing it
7965lists of @code{<dmd-service>} objects.
7966
7967@deftp {Data Type} dmd-service
7968The data type representing a service managed by dmd.
7969
7970@table @asis
7971@item @code{provision}
7972This is a list of symbols denoting what the service provides.
7973
7974These are the names that may be passed to @command{deco start},
7975@command{deco status}, and similar commands (@pxref{Invoking deco,,,
7976dmd, GNU dmd Manual}). @xref{Slots of services, the @code{provides}
7977slot,, dmd, GNU dmd Manual}, for details.
7978
7979@item @code{requirements} (default: @code{'()})
7980List of symbols denoting the dmd services this one depends on.
7981
7982@item @code{respawn?} (default: @code{#t})
7983Whether to restart the service when it stops, for instance when the
7984underlying process dies.
7985
7986@item @code{start}
7987@itemx @code{stop} (default: @code{#~(const #f)})
7988The @code{start} and @code{stop} fields refer to dmd's facilities to
7989start and stop processes (@pxref{Service De- and Constructors,,, dmd,
7990GNU dmd Manual}). They are given as G-expressions that get expanded in
7991the dmd configuration file (@pxref{G-Expressions}).
7992
7993@item @code{documentation}
7994A documentation string, as shown when running:
7995
7996@example
7997deco doc @var{service-name}
7998@end example
7999
8000where @var{service-name} is one of the symbols in @var{provision}
8001(@pxref{Invoking deco,,, dmd, GNU dmd Manual}).
8002@end table
8003@end deftp
8004
8005@defvr {Scheme Variable} dmd-root-service-type
8006The service type for the dmd ``root service''---i.e., PID@tie{}1.
8007
8008This is the service type that extensions target when they want to create
8009dmd services (@pxref{Service Types and Services}, for an example). Each
8010extension must pass a list of @code{<dmd-service>}.
8011@end defvr
8012
8013@defvr {Scheme Variable} %dmd-root-service
8014This service represents PID@tie{}1.
8015@end defvr
8016
8017
8018@node Installing Debugging Files
8019@section Installing Debugging Files
8020
8021@cindex debugging files
8022Program binaries, as produced by the GCC compilers for instance, are
8023typically written in the ELF format, with a section containing
8024@dfn{debugging information}. Debugging information is what allows the
8025debugger, GDB, to map binary code to source code; it is required to
8026debug a compiled program in good conditions.
8027
8028The problem with debugging information is that is takes up a fair amount
8029of disk space. For example, debugging information for the GNU C Library
8030weighs in at more than 60 MiB. Thus, as a user, keeping all the
8031debugging info of all the installed programs is usually not an option.
8032Yet, space savings should not come at the cost of an impediment to
8033debugging---especially in the GNU system, which should make it easier
8034for users to exert their computing freedom (@pxref{GNU Distribution}).
8035
8036Thankfully, the GNU Binary Utilities (Binutils) and GDB provide a
8037mechanism that allows users to get the best of both worlds: debugging
8038information can be stripped from the binaries and stored in separate
8039files. GDB is then able to load debugging information from those files,
8040when they are available (@pxref{Separate Debug Files,,, gdb, Debugging
8041with GDB}).
8042
8043The GNU distribution takes advantage of this by storing debugging
8044information in the @code{lib/debug} sub-directory of a separate package
8045output unimaginatively called @code{debug} (@pxref{Packages with
8046Multiple Outputs}). Users can choose to install the @code{debug} output
8047of a package when they need it. For instance, the following command
8048installs the debugging information for the GNU C Library and for GNU
8049Guile:
8050
8051@example
8052guix package -i glibc:debug guile:debug
8053@end example
8054
8055GDB must then be told to look for debug files in the user's profile, by
8056setting the @code{debug-file-directory} variable (consider setting it
8057from the @file{~/.gdbinit} file, @pxref{Startup,,, gdb, Debugging with
8058GDB}):
8059
8060@example
8061(gdb) set debug-file-directory ~/.guix-profile/lib/debug
8062@end example
8063
8064From there on, GDB will pick up debugging information from the
8065@code{.debug} files under @file{~/.guix-profile/lib/debug}.
8066
8067In addition, you will most likely want GDB to be able to show the source
8068code being debugged. To do that, you will have to unpack the source
8069code of the package of interest (obtained with @code{guix build
8070--source}, @pxref{Invoking guix build}), and to point GDB to that source
8071directory using the @code{directory} command (@pxref{Source Path,
8072@code{directory},, gdb, Debugging with GDB}).
8073
8074@c XXX: keep me up-to-date
8075The @code{debug} output mechanism in Guix is implemented by the
8076@code{gnu-build-system} (@pxref{Build Systems}). Currently, it is
8077opt-in---debugging information is available only for those packages
8078whose definition explicitly declares a @code{debug} output. This may be
8079changed to opt-out in the future, if our build farm servers can handle
8080the load. To check whether a package has a @code{debug} output, use
8081@command{guix package --list-available} (@pxref{Invoking guix package}).
8082
8083
8084@node Security Updates
8085@section Security Updates
8086
8087@quotation Note
8088As of version @value{VERSION}, the feature described in this section is
8089experimental.
8090@end quotation
8091
8092@cindex security updates
8093Occasionally, important security vulnerabilities are discovered in core
8094software packages and must be patched. Guix follows a functional
8095package management discipline (@pxref{Introduction}), which implies
8096that, when a package is changed, @emph{every package that depends on it}
8097must be rebuilt. This can significantly slow down the deployment of
8098fixes in core packages such as libc or Bash, since basically the whole
8099distribution would need to be rebuilt. Using pre-built binaries helps
8100(@pxref{Substitutes}), but deployment may still take more time than
8101desired.
8102
8103@cindex grafts
8104To address that, Guix implements @dfn{grafts}, a mechanism that allows
8105for fast deployment of critical updates without the costs associated
8106with a whole-distribution rebuild. The idea is to rebuild only the
8107package that needs to be patched, and then to ``graft'' it onto packages
8108explicitly installed by the user and that were previously referring to
8109the original package. The cost of grafting is typically very low, and
8110order of magnitudes lower than a full rebuild of the dependency chain.
8111
8112@cindex replacements of packages, for grafts
8113For instance, suppose a security update needs to be applied to Bash.
8114Guix developers will provide a package definition for the ``fixed''
8115Bash, say @var{bash-fixed}, in the usual way (@pxref{Defining
8116Packages}). Then, the original package definition is augmented with a
8117@code{replacement} field pointing to the package containing the bug fix:
8118
8119@example
8120(define bash
8121 (package
8122 (name "bash")
8123 ;; @dots{}
8124 (replacement bash-fixed)))
8125@end example
8126
8127From there on, any package depending directly or indirectly on Bash that
8128is installed will automatically be ``rewritten'' to refer to
8129@var{bash-fixed} instead of @var{bash}. This grafting process takes
8130time proportional to the size of the package, but expect less than a
8131minute for an ``average'' package on a recent machine.
8132
8133Currently, the graft and the package it replaces (@var{bash-fixed} and
8134@var{bash} in the example above) must have the exact same @code{name}
8135and @code{version} fields. This restriction mostly comes from the fact
8136that grafting works by patching files, including binary files, directly.
8137Other restrictions may apply: for instance, when adding a graft to a
8138package providing a shared library, the original shared library and its
8139replacement must have the same @code{SONAME} and be binary-compatible.
8140
8141
8142@node Package Modules
8143@section Package Modules
8144
8145From a programming viewpoint, the package definitions of the
8146GNU distribution are provided by Guile modules in the @code{(gnu packages
8147@dots{})} name space@footnote{Note that packages under the @code{(gnu
8148packages @dots{})} module name space are not necessarily ``GNU
8149packages''. This module naming scheme follows the usual Guile module
8150naming convention: @code{gnu} means that these modules are distributed
8151as part of the GNU system, and @code{packages} identifies modules that
8152define packages.} (@pxref{Modules, Guile modules,, guile, GNU Guile
8153Reference Manual}). For instance, the @code{(gnu packages emacs)}
8154module exports a variable named @code{emacs}, which is bound to a
8155@code{<package>} object (@pxref{Defining Packages}).
8156
8157The @code{(gnu packages @dots{})} module name space is
8158automatically scanned for packages by the command-line tools. For
8159instance, when running @code{guix package -i emacs}, all the @code{(gnu
8160packages @dots{})} modules are scanned until one that exports a package
8161object whose name is @code{emacs} is found. This package search
8162facility is implemented in the @code{(gnu packages)} module.
8163
8164@cindex customization, of packages
8165@cindex package module search path
8166Users can store package definitions in modules with different
8167names---e.g., @code{(my-packages emacs)}@footnote{Note that the file
8168name and module name must match. For instance, the @code{(my-packages
8169emacs)} module must be stored in a @file{my-packages/emacs.scm} file
8170relative to the load path specified with @option{--load-path} or
8171@code{GUIX_PACKAGE_PATH}. @xref{Modules and the File System,,,
8172guile, GNU Guile Reference Manual}, for details.}. These package definitions
8173will not be visible by default. Thus, users can invoke commands such as
8174@command{guix package} and @command{guix build} have to be used with the
8175@code{-e} option so that they know where to find the package. Better
8176yet, they can use the
8177@code{-L} option of these commands to make those modules visible
8178(@pxref{Invoking guix build, @code{--load-path}}), or define the
8179@code{GUIX_PACKAGE_PATH} environment variable. This environment
8180variable makes it easy to extend or customize the distribution and is
8181honored by all the user interfaces.
8182
8183@defvr {Environment Variable} GUIX_PACKAGE_PATH
8184This is a colon-separated list of directories to search for package
8185modules. Directories listed in this variable take precedence over the
8186distribution's own modules.
8187@end defvr
8188
8189The distribution is fully @dfn{bootstrapped} and @dfn{self-contained}:
8190each package is built based solely on other packages in the
8191distribution. The root of this dependency graph is a small set of
8192@dfn{bootstrap binaries}, provided by the @code{(gnu packages
8193bootstrap)} module. For more information on bootstrapping,
8194@pxref{Bootstrapping}.
8195
8196@node Packaging Guidelines
8197@section Packaging Guidelines
8198
8199The GNU distribution is nascent and may well lack some of your favorite
8200packages. This section describes how you can help make the distribution
8201grow. @xref{Contributing}, for additional information on how you can
8202help.
8203
8204Free software packages are usually distributed in the form of
8205@dfn{source code tarballs}---typically @file{tar.gz} files that contain
8206all the source files. Adding a package to the distribution means
8207essentially two things: adding a @dfn{recipe} that describes how to
8208build the package, including a list of other packages required to build
8209it, and adding @dfn{package meta-data} along with that recipe, such as a
8210description and licensing information.
8211
8212In Guix all this information is embodied in @dfn{package definitions}.
8213Package definitions provide a high-level view of the package. They are
8214written using the syntax of the Scheme programming language; in fact,
8215for each package we define a variable bound to the package definition,
8216and export that variable from a module (@pxref{Package Modules}).
8217However, in-depth Scheme knowledge is @emph{not} a prerequisite for
8218creating packages. For more information on package definitions,
8219@pxref{Defining Packages}.
8220
8221Once a package definition is in place, stored in a file in the Guix
8222source tree, it can be tested using the @command{guix build} command
8223(@pxref{Invoking guix build}). For example, assuming the new package is
8224called @code{gnew}, you may run this command from the Guix build tree
8225(@pxref{Running Guix Before It Is Installed}):
8226
8227@example
8228./pre-inst-env guix build gnew --keep-failed
8229@end example
8230
8231Using @code{--keep-failed} makes it easier to debug build failures since
8232it provides access to the failed build tree. Another useful
8233command-line option when debugging is @code{--log-file}, to access the
8234build log.
8235
8236If the package is unknown to the @command{guix} command, it may be that
8237the source file contains a syntax error, or lacks a @code{define-public}
8238clause to export the package variable. To figure it out, you may load
8239the module from Guile to get more information about the actual error:
8240
8241@example
8242./pre-inst-env guile -c '(use-modules (gnu packages gnew))'
8243@end example
8244
8245Once your package builds correctly, please send us a patch
8246(@pxref{Contributing}). Well, if you need help, we will be happy to
8247help you too. Once the patch is committed in the Guix repository, the
8248new package automatically gets built on the supported platforms by
8249@url{http://hydra.gnu.org/jobset/gnu/master, our continuous integration
8250system}.
8251
8252@cindex substituter
8253Users can obtain the new package definition simply by running
8254@command{guix pull} (@pxref{Invoking guix pull}). When
8255@code{hydra.gnu.org} is done building the package, installing the
8256package automatically downloads binaries from there
8257(@pxref{Substitutes}). The only place where human intervention is
8258needed is to review and apply the patch.
8259
8260
8261@menu
8262* Software Freedom:: What may go into the distribution.
8263* Package Naming:: What's in a name?
8264* Version Numbers:: When the name is not enough.
8265* Synopses and Descriptions:: Helping users find the right package.
8266* Python Modules:: Taming the snake.
8267* Perl Modules:: Little pearls.
8268* Fonts:: Fond of fonts.
8269@end menu
8270
8271@node Software Freedom
8272@subsection Software Freedom
8273
8274@c Adapted from http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/philosophy.html.
8275
8276The GNU operating system has been developed so that users can have
8277freedom in their computing. GNU is @dfn{free software}, meaning that
8278users have the @url{http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.html,four
8279essential freedoms}: to run the program, to study and change the program
8280in source code form, to redistribute exact copies, and to distribute
8281modified versions. Packages found in the GNU distribution provide only
8282software that conveys these four freedoms.
8283
8284In addition, the GNU distribution follow the
8285@url{http://www.gnu.org/distros/free-system-distribution-guidelines.html,free
8286software distribution guidelines}. Among other things, these guidelines
8287reject non-free firmware, recommendations of non-free software, and
8288discuss ways to deal with trademarks and patents.
8289
8290Some packages contain a small and optional subset that violates the
8291above guidelines, for instance because this subset is itself non-free
8292code. When that happens, the offending items are removed with
8293appropriate patches or code snippets in the package definition's
8294@code{origin} form (@pxref{Defining Packages}). That way, @code{guix
8295build --source} returns the ``freed'' source rather than the unmodified
8296upstream source.
8297
8298
8299@node Package Naming
8300@subsection Package Naming
8301
8302A package has actually two names associated with it:
8303First, there is the name of the @emph{Scheme variable}, the one following
8304@code{define-public}. By this name, the package can be made known in the
8305Scheme code, for instance as input to another package. Second, there is
8306the string in the @code{name} field of a package definition. This name
8307is used by package management commands such as
8308@command{guix package} and @command{guix build}.
8309
8310Both are usually the same and correspond to the lowercase conversion of
8311the project name chosen upstream, with underscores replaced with
8312hyphens. For instance, GNUnet is available as @code{gnunet}, and
8313SDL_net as @code{sdl-net}.
8314
8315We do not add @code{lib} prefixes for library packages, unless these are
8316already part of the official project name. But @pxref{Python
8317Modules} and @ref{Perl Modules} for special rules concerning modules for
8318the Python and Perl languages.
8319
8320Font package names are handled differently, @pxref{Fonts}.
8321
8322
8323@node Version Numbers
8324@subsection Version Numbers
8325
8326We usually package only the latest version of a given free software
8327project. But sometimes, for instance for incompatible library versions,
8328two (or more) versions of the same package are needed. These require
8329different Scheme variable names. We use the name as defined
8330in @ref{Package Naming}
8331for the most recent version; previous versions use the same name, suffixed
8332by @code{-} and the smallest prefix of the version number that may
8333distinguish the two versions.
8334
8335The name inside the package definition is the same for all versions of a
8336package and does not contain any version number.
8337
8338For instance, the versions 2.24.20 and 3.9.12 of GTK+ may be packaged as follows:
8339
8340@example
8341(define-public gtk+
8342 (package
8343 (name "gtk+")
8344 (version "3.9.12")
8345 ...))
8346(define-public gtk+-2
8347 (package
8348 (name "gtk+")
8349 (version "2.24.20")
8350 ...))
8351@end example
8352If we also wanted GTK+ 3.8.2, this would be packaged as
8353@example
8354(define-public gtk+-3.8
8355 (package
8356 (name "gtk+")
8357 (version "3.8.2")
8358 ...))
8359@end example
8360
8361@node Synopses and Descriptions
8362@subsection Synopses and Descriptions
8363
8364As we have seen before, each package in GNU@tie{}Guix includes a
8365synopsis and a description (@pxref{Defining Packages}). Synopses and
8366descriptions are important: They are what @command{guix package
8367--search} searches, and a crucial piece of information to help users
8368determine whether a given package suits their needs. Consequently,
8369packagers should pay attention to what goes into them.
8370
8371Synopses must start with a capital letter and must not end with a
8372period. They must not start with ``a'' or ``the'', which usually does
8373not bring anything; for instance, prefer ``File-frobbing tool'' over ``A
8374tool that frobs files''. The synopsis should say what the package
8375is---e.g., ``Core GNU utilities (file, text, shell)''---or what it is
8376used for---e.g., the synopsis for GNU@tie{}grep is ``Print lines
8377matching a pattern''.
8378
8379Keep in mind that the synopsis must be meaningful for a very wide
8380audience. For example, ``Manipulate alignments in the SAM format''
8381might make sense for a seasoned bioinformatics researcher, but might be
8382fairly unhelpful or even misleading to a non-specialized audience. It
8383is a good idea to come up with a synopsis that gives an idea of the
8384application domain of the package. In this example, this might give
8385something like ``Manipulate nucleotide sequence alignments'', which
8386hopefully gives the user a better idea of whether this is what they are
8387looking for.
8388
8389@cindex Texinfo markup, in package descriptions
8390Descriptions should take between five and ten lines. Use full
8391sentences, and avoid using acronyms without first introducing them.
8392Descriptions can include Texinfo markup, which is useful to introduce
8393ornaments such as @code{@@code} or @code{@@dfn}, bullet lists, or
8394hyperlinks (@pxref{Overview,,, texinfo, GNU Texinfo}). However you
8395should be careful when using some characters for example @samp{@@} and
8396curly braces which are the basic special characters in Texinfo
8397(@pxref{Special Characters,,, texinfo, GNU Texinfo}). User interfaces
8398such as @command{guix package --show} take care of rendering it
8399appropriately.
8400
8401Synopses and descriptions are translated by volunteers
8402@uref{http://translationproject.org/domain/guix-packages.html, at the
8403Translation Project} so that as many users as possible can read them in
8404their native language. User interfaces search them and display them in
8405the language specified by the current locale.
8406
8407Translation is a lot of work so, as a packager, please pay even more
8408attention to your synopses and descriptions as every change may entail
8409additional work for translators. In order to help them, it is possible
8410to make recommendations or instructions visible to them by inserting
8411special comments like this (@pxref{xgettext Invocation,,, gettext, GNU
8412Gettext}):
8413
8414@example
8415;; TRANSLATORS: "X11 resize-and-rotate" should not be translated.
8416(description "ARandR is designed to provide a simple visual front end
8417for the X11 resize-and-rotate (RandR) extension. @dots{}")
8418@end example
8419
8420
8421@node Python Modules
8422@subsection Python Modules
8423
8424We currently package Python 2 and Python 3, under the Scheme variable names
8425@code{python-2} and @code{python} as explained in @ref{Version Numbers}.
8426To avoid confusion and naming clashes with other programming languages, it
8427seems desirable that the name of a package for a Python module contains
8428the word @code{python}.
8429
8430Some modules are compatible with only one version of Python, others with both.
8431If the package Foo compiles only with Python 3, we name it
8432@code{python-foo}; if it compiles only with Python 2, we name it
8433@code{python2-foo}. If it is compatible with both versions, we create two
8434packages with the corresponding names.
8435
8436If a project already contains the word @code{python}, we drop this;
8437for instance, the module python-dateutil is packaged under the names
8438@code{python-dateutil} and @code{python2-dateutil}.
8439
8440
8441@node Perl Modules
8442@subsection Perl Modules
8443
8444Perl programs standing for themselves are named as any other package,
8445using the lowercase upstream name.
8446For Perl packages containing a single class, we use the lowercase class name,
8447replace all occurrences of @code{::} by dashes and prepend the prefix
8448@code{perl-}.
8449So the class @code{XML::Parser} becomes @code{perl-xml-parser}.
8450Modules containing several classes keep their lowercase upstream name and
8451are also prepended by @code{perl-}. Such modules tend to have the word
8452@code{perl} somewhere in their name, which gets dropped in favor of the
8453prefix. For instance, @code{libwww-perl} becomes @code{perl-libwww}.
8454
8455
8456@node Fonts
8457@subsection Fonts
8458
8459For fonts that are in general not installed by a user for typesetting
8460purposes, or that are distributed as part of a larger software package,
8461we rely on the general packaging rules for software; for instance, this
8462applies to the fonts delivered as part of the X.Org system or fonts that
8463are part of TeX Live.
8464
8465To make it easier for a user to search for fonts, names for other packages
8466containing only fonts are constructed as follows, independently of the
8467upstream package name.
8468
8469The name of a package containing only one font family starts with
8470@code{font-}; it is followed by the foundry name and a dash @code{-}
8471if the foundry is known, and the font family name, in which spaces are
8472replaced by dashes (and as usual, all upper case letters are transformed
8473to lower case).
8474For example, the Gentium font family by SIL is packaged under the name
8475@code{font-sil-gentium}.
8476
8477For a package containing several font families, the name of the collection
8478is used in the place of the font family name.
8479For instance, the Liberation fonts consist of three families,
8480Liberation Sans, Liberation Serif and Liberation Mono.
8481These could be packaged separately under the names
8482@code{font-liberation-sans} and so on; but as they are distributed together
8483under a common name, we prefer to package them together as
8484@code{font-liberation}.
8485
8486In the case where several formats of the same font family or font collection
8487are packaged separately, a short form of the format, prepended by a dash,
8488is added to the package name. We use @code{-ttf} for TrueType fonts,
8489@code{-otf} for OpenType fonts and @code{-type1} for PostScript Type 1
8490fonts.
8491
8492
8493
8494@node Bootstrapping
8495@section Bootstrapping
8496
8497@c Adapted from the ELS 2013 paper.
8498
8499@cindex bootstrapping
8500
8501Bootstrapping in our context refers to how the distribution gets built
8502``from nothing''. Remember that the build environment of a derivation
8503contains nothing but its declared inputs (@pxref{Introduction}). So
8504there's an obvious chicken-and-egg problem: how does the first package
8505get built? How does the first compiler get compiled? Note that this is
8506a question of interest only to the curious hacker, not to the regular
8507user, so you can shamelessly skip this section if you consider yourself
8508a ``regular user''.
8509
8510@cindex bootstrap binaries
8511The GNU system is primarily made of C code, with libc at its core. The
8512GNU build system itself assumes the availability of a Bourne shell and
8513command-line tools provided by GNU Coreutils, Awk, Findutils, `sed', and
8514`grep'. Furthermore, build programs---programs that run
8515@code{./configure}, @code{make}, etc.---are written in Guile Scheme
8516(@pxref{Derivations}). Consequently, to be able to build anything at
8517all, from scratch, Guix relies on pre-built binaries of Guile, GCC,
8518Binutils, libc, and the other packages mentioned above---the
8519@dfn{bootstrap binaries}.
8520
8521These bootstrap binaries are ``taken for granted'', though we can also
8522re-create them if needed (more on that later).
8523
8524@unnumberedsubsec Preparing to Use the Bootstrap Binaries
8525
8526@c As of Emacs 24.3, Info-mode displays the image, but since it's a
8527@c large image, it's hard to scroll. Oh well.
8528@image{images/bootstrap-graph,6in,,Dependency graph of the early bootstrap derivations}
8529
8530The figure above shows the very beginning of the dependency graph of the
8531distribution, corresponding to the package definitions of the @code{(gnu
8532packages bootstrap)} module. At this level of detail, things are
8533slightly complex. First, Guile itself consists of an ELF executable,
8534along with many source and compiled Scheme files that are dynamically
8535loaded when it runs. This gets stored in the @file{guile-2.0.7.tar.xz}
8536tarball shown in this graph. This tarball is part of Guix's ``source''
8537distribution, and gets inserted into the store with @code{add-to-store}
8538(@pxref{The Store}).
8539
8540But how do we write a derivation that unpacks this tarball and adds it
8541to the store? To solve this problem, the @code{guile-bootstrap-2.0.drv}
8542derivation---the first one that gets built---uses @code{bash} as its
8543builder, which runs @code{build-bootstrap-guile.sh}, which in turn calls
8544@code{tar} to unpack the tarball. Thus, @file{bash}, @file{tar},
8545@file{xz}, and @file{mkdir} are statically-linked binaries, also part of
8546the Guix source distribution, whose sole purpose is to allow the Guile
8547tarball to be unpacked.
8548
8549Once @code{guile-bootstrap-2.0.drv} is built, we have a functioning
8550Guile that can be used to run subsequent build programs. Its first task
8551is to download tarballs containing the other pre-built binaries---this
8552is what the @code{.tar.xz.drv} derivations do. Guix modules such as
8553@code{ftp-client.scm} are used for this purpose. The
8554@code{module-import.drv} derivations import those modules in a directory
8555in the store, using the original layout. The
8556@code{module-import-compiled.drv} derivations compile those modules, and
8557write them in an output directory with the right layout. This
8558corresponds to the @code{#:modules} argument of
8559@code{build-expression->derivation} (@pxref{Derivations}).
8560
8561Finally, the various tarballs are unpacked by the
8562derivations @code{gcc-bootstrap-0.drv}, @code{glibc-bootstrap-0.drv},
8563etc., at which point we have a working C tool chain.
8564
8565
8566@unnumberedsubsec Building the Build Tools
8567
8568@c TODO: Add a package-level dependency graph generated from (gnu
8569@c packages base).
8570
8571Bootstrapping is complete when we have a full tool chain that does not
8572depend on the pre-built bootstrap tools discussed above. This
8573no-dependency requirement is verified by checking whether the files of
8574the final tool chain contain references to the @file{/gnu/store}
8575directories of the bootstrap inputs. The process that leads to this
8576``final'' tool chain is described by the package definitions found in
8577the @code{(gnu packages commencement)} module.
8578
8579@c See <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/gnu-system-discuss/2012-10/msg00000.html>.
8580The first tool that gets built with the bootstrap binaries is
8581GNU Make, which is a prerequisite for all the following packages.
8582From there Findutils and Diffutils get built.
8583
8584Then come the first-stage Binutils and GCC, built as pseudo cross
8585tools---i.e., with @code{--target} equal to @code{--host}. They are
8586used to build libc. Thanks to this cross-build trick, this libc is
8587guaranteed not to hold any reference to the initial tool chain.
8588
8589From there the final Binutils and GCC are built. GCC uses @code{ld}
8590from the final Binutils, and links programs against the just-built libc.
8591This tool chain is used to build the other packages used by Guix and by
8592the GNU Build System: Guile, Bash, Coreutils, etc.
8593
8594And voilà! At this point we have the complete set of build tools that
8595the GNU Build System expects. These are in the @code{%final-inputs}
8596variable of the @code{(gnu packages commencement)} module, and are
8597implicitly used by any package that uses @code{gnu-build-system}
8598(@pxref{Build Systems, @code{gnu-build-system}}).
8599
8600
8601@unnumberedsubsec Building the Bootstrap Binaries
8602
8603Because the final tool chain does not depend on the bootstrap binaries,
8604those rarely need to be updated. Nevertheless, it is useful to have an
8605automated way to produce them, should an update occur, and this is what
8606the @code{(gnu packages make-bootstrap)} module provides.
8607
8608The following command builds the tarballs containing the bootstrap
8609binaries (Guile, Binutils, GCC, libc, and a tarball containing a mixture
8610of Coreutils and other basic command-line tools):
8611
8612@example
8613guix build bootstrap-tarballs
8614@end example
8615
8616The generated tarballs are those that should be referred to in the
8617@code{(gnu packages bootstrap)} module mentioned at the beginning of
8618this section.
8619
8620Still here? Then perhaps by now you've started to wonder: when do we
8621reach a fixed point? That is an interesting question! The answer is
8622unknown, but if you would like to investigate further (and have
8623significant computational and storage resources to do so), then let us
8624know.
8625
8626@node Porting
8627@section Porting to a New Platform
8628
8629As discussed above, the GNU distribution is self-contained, and
8630self-containment is achieved by relying on pre-built ``bootstrap
8631binaries'' (@pxref{Bootstrapping}). These binaries are specific to an
8632operating system kernel, CPU architecture, and application binary
8633interface (ABI). Thus, to port the distribution to a platform that is
8634not yet supported, one must build those bootstrap binaries, and update
8635the @code{(gnu packages bootstrap)} module to use them on that platform.
8636
8637Fortunately, Guix can @emph{cross compile} those bootstrap binaries.
8638When everything goes well, and assuming the GNU tool chain supports the
8639target platform, this can be as simple as running a command like this
8640one:
8641
8642@example
8643guix build --target=armv5tel-linux-gnueabi bootstrap-tarballs
8644@end example
8645
8646For this to work, the @code{glibc-dynamic-linker} procedure in
8647@code{(gnu packages bootstrap)} must be augmented to return the right
8648file name for libc's dynamic linker on that platform; likewise,
8649@code{system->linux-architecture} in @code{(gnu packages linux)} must be
8650taught about the new platform.
8651
8652Once these are built, the @code{(gnu packages bootstrap)} module needs
8653to be updated to refer to these binaries on the target platform. That
8654is, the hashes and URLs of the bootstrap tarballs for the new platform
8655must be added alongside those of the currently supported platforms. The
8656bootstrap Guile tarball is treated specially: it is expected to be
8657available locally, and @file{gnu-system.am} has rules do download it for
8658the supported architectures; a rule for the new platform must be added
8659as well.
8660
8661In practice, there may be some complications. First, it may be that the
8662extended GNU triplet that specifies an ABI (like the @code{eabi} suffix
8663above) is not recognized by all the GNU tools. Typically, glibc
8664recognizes some of these, whereas GCC uses an extra @code{--with-abi}
8665configure flag (see @code{gcc.scm} for examples of how to handle this).
8666Second, some of the required packages could fail to build for that
8667platform. Lastly, the generated binaries could be broken for some
8668reason.
8669
8670@c *********************************************************************
8671@include contributing.texi
8672
8673@c *********************************************************************
8674@node Acknowledgments
8675@chapter Acknowledgments
8676
8677Guix is based on the @uref{http://nixos.org/nix/, Nix package manager},
8678which was designed and
8679implemented by Eelco Dolstra, with contributions from other people (see
8680the @file{nix/AUTHORS} file in Guix.) Nix pioneered functional package
8681management, and promoted unprecedented features, such as transactional
8682package upgrades and rollbacks, per-user profiles, and referentially
8683transparent build processes. Without this work, Guix would not exist.
8684
8685The Nix-based software distributions, Nixpkgs and NixOS, have also been
8686an inspiration for Guix.
8687
8688GNU@tie{}Guix itself is a collective work with contributions from a
8689number of people. See the @file{AUTHORS} file in Guix for more
8690information on these fine people. The @file{THANKS} file lists people
8691who have helped by reporting bugs, taking care of the infrastructure,
8692providing artwork and themes, making suggestions, and more---thank you!
8693
8694
8695@c *********************************************************************
8696@node GNU Free Documentation License
8697@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
8698
8699@include fdl-1.3.texi
8700
8701@c *********************************************************************
8702@node Concept Index
8703@unnumbered Concept Index
8704@printindex cp
8705
8706@node Programming Index
8707@unnumbered Programming Index
8708@syncodeindex tp fn
8709@syncodeindex vr fn
8710@printindex fn
8711
8712@bye
8713
8714@c Local Variables:
8715@c ispell-local-dictionary: "american";
8716@c End: